Chemtec Publishing offers a large collection of books on polymers, plastics, and rubber.
- Grid List
Filter
Description Author: P. Mirau ISBN 978-1-85957-272-6 Published: 2001Pages: 144, Figures: 43, Tables: 2 Summary NMR spectroscopy has emerged as one of the most important methods for the solid-state characterization of polymers. This report gives an overview of the methods and applications of NMR to relevant polymer problems with an emphasis on how NMR can be used...
$115.00
in stock
{"id":11242215812,"title":"Solid-State NMR of Polymers","handle":"978-1-85957-272-6","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: P. Mirau \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-272-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2001\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 144, Figures: 43, Tables: 2\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nNMR spectroscopy has emerged as one of the most important methods for the solid-state characterization of polymers. This report gives an overview of the methods and applications of NMR to relevant polymer problems with an emphasis on how NMR can be used for materials characterization and to understand structure-property relationships in polymers. This report is of interest to both the chemical and pharmaceutical industry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review begins with a discussion of the fundamental principles which underpin solid-state NMR, before leading onto the experimental methods involved, including magic-angle sample spinning, and multi-dimensional NMR. A section is then devoted to polymer structure and conformation, including information on semicrystalline polymers. Polymer morphology is detailed, with a focus on polymer crystallinity and blends. The review is completed with a discussion on polymer dynamics, with particular emphasis on semicrystalline, as well as amorphous, polymers. \u003cbr\u003eThe book comprises a concise expert overview, accompanied by an indexed section containing approximately four hundred references and abstracts from the Rapra Abstracts database. These will provide the reader of this report with a valuable reference for further information relating to the study of polymer microstructure using solid-state NMR.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e1.1 Fundamental Principles 1.2 Solid-State NMR \u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Chemical Shift Anisotropy and Magic-Angle Spinning \u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Dipolar Couplings \u003cbr\u003e1.3 Experimental Methods\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Cross Polarization \u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Magic-Angle Sample Spinning \u003cbr\u003e1.3.3 NMR Relaxation in Solids\u003cbr\u003e1.3.4 Solid-State Proton NMR\u003cbr\u003e1.3.5 Wideline NMR\u003cbr\u003e1.3.6 Multi-Dimensional NM.R\u003cbr\u003e2. Polymer Structure and Conformation \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Semicrystalline Polymers \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Amorphous Polymers \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Polymer Reactivity and Curing \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Other Studies\u003cbr\u003e3 Polymer Morphology \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e3.1.1Polymer Crystallinity \u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Spin Diffusion and Polymer Morphology \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Semicrystalline Polymers \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Polymer Blends \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Multiphase Polymers \u003cbr\u003e4. Polymer Dynamics \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Semicrystalline Polymers\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Amorphous Polymers \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Polymer Blends \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Multiphase Polymers \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations \u003cbr\u003eAdditional References \u003cbr\u003eReferences from the Rapra Abstracts Database\u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Mirau holds the position of Distinguished Member of Technical Staff at Bell Laboratories, AT\u0026amp;T and Lucent Technologies, New Jersey, USA. He has published widely on solid-state NMR and is a member of the American Chemical Society, the American Physical Society as well as the American Association for the Advancement of Science.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:27-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:27-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2001","blends","book","characterization","crystallinity","magic-angle","material","morphology","multi-dimensional","NMR","p-testing","polymer","polymers","semicrystalline","spectroscopy","structure"],"price":11500,"price_min":11500,"price_max":11500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378355780,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Solid-State NMR of Polymers","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":11500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-272-6","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-272-6.jpg?v=1499913835"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-272-6.jpg?v=1499913835","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358755565661,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-272-6.jpg?v=1499913835"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-272-6.jpg?v=1499913835","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: P. Mirau \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-272-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2001\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 144, Figures: 43, Tables: 2\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nNMR spectroscopy has emerged as one of the most important methods for the solid-state characterization of polymers. This report gives an overview of the methods and applications of NMR to relevant polymer problems with an emphasis on how NMR can be used for materials characterization and to understand structure-property relationships in polymers. This report is of interest to both the chemical and pharmaceutical industry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review begins with a discussion of the fundamental principles which underpin solid-state NMR, before leading onto the experimental methods involved, including magic-angle sample spinning, and multi-dimensional NMR. A section is then devoted to polymer structure and conformation, including information on semicrystalline polymers. Polymer morphology is detailed, with a focus on polymer crystallinity and blends. The review is completed with a discussion on polymer dynamics, with particular emphasis on semicrystalline, as well as amorphous, polymers. \u003cbr\u003eThe book comprises a concise expert overview, accompanied by an indexed section containing approximately four hundred references and abstracts from the Rapra Abstracts database. These will provide the reader of this report with a valuable reference for further information relating to the study of polymer microstructure using solid-state NMR.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e1.1 Fundamental Principles 1.2 Solid-State NMR \u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Chemical Shift Anisotropy and Magic-Angle Spinning \u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Dipolar Couplings \u003cbr\u003e1.3 Experimental Methods\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Cross Polarization \u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Magic-Angle Sample Spinning \u003cbr\u003e1.3.3 NMR Relaxation in Solids\u003cbr\u003e1.3.4 Solid-State Proton NMR\u003cbr\u003e1.3.5 Wideline NMR\u003cbr\u003e1.3.6 Multi-Dimensional NM.R\u003cbr\u003e2. Polymer Structure and Conformation \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Semicrystalline Polymers \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Amorphous Polymers \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Polymer Reactivity and Curing \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Other Studies\u003cbr\u003e3 Polymer Morphology \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e3.1.1Polymer Crystallinity \u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Spin Diffusion and Polymer Morphology \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Semicrystalline Polymers \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Polymer Blends \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Multiphase Polymers \u003cbr\u003e4. Polymer Dynamics \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Semicrystalline Polymers\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Amorphous Polymers \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Polymer Blends \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Multiphase Polymers \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations \u003cbr\u003eAdditional References \u003cbr\u003eReferences from the Rapra Abstracts Database\u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Mirau holds the position of Distinguished Member of Technical Staff at Bell Laboratories, AT\u0026amp;T and Lucent Technologies, New Jersey, USA. He has published widely on solid-state NMR and is a member of the American Chemical Society, the American Physical Society as well as the American Association for the Advancement of Science."}
Description Author: Dr. Martin J. Forrest ISBN 978-1-84735-141-8 Hardcover, pages 362 Summary Food Contact Materials - Rubbers, Silicones, Coatings, and Inks, is an amalgamation of data from four recent projects. This report provides a wealth of information taken from the results and findings of research projects on: Migration Data of Food Contact Rubbers (Two projects), Rubber Breakdown...
$180.00
in stock
{"id":11242215684,"title":"Food Contact Materials - Rubbers, Silicones, Coatings and Inks","handle":"978-1-84735-141-8","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Dr. Martin J. Forrest \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-141-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHardcover, pages 362\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nFood Contact Materials - Rubbers, Silicones, Coatings, and Inks, is an amalgamation of data from four recent projects. This report provides a wealth of information taken from the results and findings of research projects on: Migration Data of Food Contact Rubbers (Two projects), Rubber Breakdown Products, Chemical Migration from Silicones used in Connection with Food Contact Materials and Articles and An Assessment of the Potential of Migration of Substances from Inks and their Respective Coatings.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach review provides an expert overview of the products as food contact materials, with a comprehensive accompanying list of relevant references from the Smithers Rapra Polymer Library to enable further reading. In each case, there is an initial in-depth description of the variety and types of products that are used in industry and the chemical processes associated with their manufacture.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A summary of the relevant food contact regulations, together with the migration and analytical testing regimes used to assess their suitability for food contact are also included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFood Contact Materials - Rubbers, Silicones, Coatings, and Inks, brings together important sources of food contact information in a single, convenient volume and will be an important reference source for workers in the food industry in general, and within the food contact field in particular. This handbook will also be of interest to anyone who works with the packaging of food and beverages and also to those who are studying food packaging\/processing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPreface\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction\u003cbr\u003eFood Contact Rubbers - Products, Migration, and Regulation\u003cbr\u003eSilicone Products for Food Contact Applications\u003cbr\u003eCoatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFood Contact Rubbers - Products, Migration, and Regulation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Rubber Materials and Products used in Contact with Food\u003cbr\u003e3. Regulations Covering the Use of Rubber as a Food Contact Material\u003cbr\u003e4. Assessing the Safety of Rubber as a Food Contact Material\u003cbr\u003e5. Improving the Safety of Rubber as a Food Contact Material\u003cbr\u003e6. Future Trends in the Use of Rubber with Food\u003cbr\u003e7. Conclusion\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 1\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Coating and Ink Products for Food Contact Materials\u003cbr\u003e3. Coatings and Inks used in the Food Chain\u003cbr\u003e4. Application Techniques for Inks\u003cbr\u003e5. Regulations Covering the Use of Inks and Coatings with Food\u003cbr\u003e6. Assessing the Safety of Inks and Coatings for Food Applications\u003cbr\u003e7. Potential Migrants and Published Migration Data\u003cbr\u003e8. Improving the Safety of Inks and Coatings for Food Use\u003cbr\u003e9. Future Trends\u003cbr\u003e10. Conclusion\u003cbr\u003eSources of Further Information and Advice\u003cbr\u003eReference Books\u003cbr\u003eReports\u003cbr\u003eProfessional, Research, Trade and Governmental Organisations\u003cbr\u003eCommercial Abstract Databases\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Products for Food Contact Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Silicone Products for Food Contact Applications\u003cbr\u003e3. Regulations Covering the Use of Silicones With Food\u003cbr\u003e4. Assessing the Safety of Silicone Materials and Articles for Food Applications\u003cbr\u003e5. Foods Standards Agency Silicone Project - Contract Number A03046\u003cbr\u003e6. Migration Mechanisms, Potential Migrants, and Published Migration Data\u003cbr\u003e7. Improving the Safety of Silicones for Food Use and Future Trends\u003cbr\u003e8. Conclusion\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements\u003cbr\u003eStructural Assignments for Silicone Polymers and Oligomers\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Martin Forrest started his career in 1977 with James Walkers \u0026amp; Co. Ltd, and during this time he progressed to the position of Rubber Technologist, having obtained his first degree in Polymer Technology at the London School of Polymer Technology (LSPT). In 1983 he started a full time Master of Science course in Polymer Science and Technology at the LSPT.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter being awarded his MSc in 1984, he completed a PhD in Polymer Chemistry at Loughborough University in 1988. He joined Rapra Technology as a consultant in the Polymer Analysis section remained in that section until 2006, rising to the position of Principal Consultant. During his time in the Polymer Analysis department at Rapra, Dr. Forrest was the main contact at Rapra for consultancy projects involving the analysis of rubber compounds and rubber based products.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:27-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:27-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2009","book","coatings","general","inks","migration","packaging","regulation","rubber","safety","silicones"],"price":18000,"price_min":18000,"price_max":18000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378355652,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Food Contact Materials - Rubbers, Silicones, Coatings and Inks","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":18000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-141-8","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-141-8.jpg?v=1499988378"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-141-8.jpg?v=1499988378","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":354808168541,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-141-8.jpg?v=1499988378"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-141-8.jpg?v=1499988378","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Dr. Martin J. Forrest \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-141-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHardcover, pages 362\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nFood Contact Materials - Rubbers, Silicones, Coatings, and Inks, is an amalgamation of data from four recent projects. This report provides a wealth of information taken from the results and findings of research projects on: Migration Data of Food Contact Rubbers (Two projects), Rubber Breakdown Products, Chemical Migration from Silicones used in Connection with Food Contact Materials and Articles and An Assessment of the Potential of Migration of Substances from Inks and their Respective Coatings.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach review provides an expert overview of the products as food contact materials, with a comprehensive accompanying list of relevant references from the Smithers Rapra Polymer Library to enable further reading. In each case, there is an initial in-depth description of the variety and types of products that are used in industry and the chemical processes associated with their manufacture.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A summary of the relevant food contact regulations, together with the migration and analytical testing regimes used to assess their suitability for food contact are also included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFood Contact Materials - Rubbers, Silicones, Coatings, and Inks, brings together important sources of food contact information in a single, convenient volume and will be an important reference source for workers in the food industry in general, and within the food contact field in particular. This handbook will also be of interest to anyone who works with the packaging of food and beverages and also to those who are studying food packaging\/processing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPreface\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction\u003cbr\u003eFood Contact Rubbers - Products, Migration, and Regulation\u003cbr\u003eSilicone Products for Food Contact Applications\u003cbr\u003eCoatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFood Contact Rubbers - Products, Migration, and Regulation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Rubber Materials and Products used in Contact with Food\u003cbr\u003e3. Regulations Covering the Use of Rubber as a Food Contact Material\u003cbr\u003e4. Assessing the Safety of Rubber as a Food Contact Material\u003cbr\u003e5. Improving the Safety of Rubber as a Food Contact Material\u003cbr\u003e6. Future Trends in the Use of Rubber with Food\u003cbr\u003e7. Conclusion\u003cbr\u003eAppendix 1\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Coating and Ink Products for Food Contact Materials\u003cbr\u003e3. Coatings and Inks used in the Food Chain\u003cbr\u003e4. Application Techniques for Inks\u003cbr\u003e5. Regulations Covering the Use of Inks and Coatings with Food\u003cbr\u003e6. Assessing the Safety of Inks and Coatings for Food Applications\u003cbr\u003e7. Potential Migrants and Published Migration Data\u003cbr\u003e8. Improving the Safety of Inks and Coatings for Food Use\u003cbr\u003e9. Future Trends\u003cbr\u003e10. Conclusion\u003cbr\u003eSources of Further Information and Advice\u003cbr\u003eReference Books\u003cbr\u003eReports\u003cbr\u003eProfessional, Research, Trade and Governmental Organisations\u003cbr\u003eCommercial Abstract Databases\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Products for Food Contact Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2. Silicone Products for Food Contact Applications\u003cbr\u003e3. Regulations Covering the Use of Silicones With Food\u003cbr\u003e4. Assessing the Safety of Silicone Materials and Articles for Food Applications\u003cbr\u003e5. Foods Standards Agency Silicone Project - Contract Number A03046\u003cbr\u003e6. Migration Mechanisms, Potential Migrants, and Published Migration Data\u003cbr\u003e7. Improving the Safety of Silicones for Food Use and Future Trends\u003cbr\u003e8. Conclusion\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements\u003cbr\u003eStructural Assignments for Silicone Polymers and Oligomers\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Martin Forrest started his career in 1977 with James Walkers \u0026amp; Co. Ltd, and during this time he progressed to the position of Rubber Technologist, having obtained his first degree in Polymer Technology at the London School of Polymer Technology (LSPT). In 1983 he started a full time Master of Science course in Polymer Science and Technology at the LSPT.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter being awarded his MSc in 1984, he completed a PhD in Polymer Chemistry at Loughborough University in 1988. He joined Rapra Technology as a consultant in the Polymer Analysis section remained in that section until 2006, rising to the position of Principal Consultant. During his time in the Polymer Analysis department at Rapra, Dr. Forrest was the main contact at Rapra for consultancy projects involving the analysis of rubber compounds and rubber based products.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: Dr. P.W. Dufton ISBN 978-1-85957-385-3 pages 148 Summary Plastics materials are used in large volumes in major applications such as buildings, vehicles and electronic appliances. In each of these areas, fire safety is critical. Hence flame retardants have been developed to improve the properties of plastics under the different conditions of processing and use....
$520.00
in stock
{"id":11242215876,"title":"Flame Retardants for Plastics","handle":"978-1-85957-385-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Dr. P.W. Dufton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-385-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 148\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPlastics materials are used in large volumes in major applications such as buildings, vehicles and electronic appliances. In each of these areas, fire safety is critical. Hence flame retardants have been developed to improve the properties of plastics under the different conditions of processing and use. Flame retardants can act in a variety of ways: by raising the ignition temperature, reducing the rate of burning, reducing flame spread and reducing smoke generation. There are various test methods in use to quantify the effectiveness of different flame retardants and these are described here. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis report examines the new developments from a range of flame retardant producers, both in products and product ranges. Besides brominated materials, mineral fillers such as alumina trihydrate hold a large market share, alongside phosphorus compounds, antimony trioxide, borates and intumescent materials. The latter function by forming an insulating char on the surface of the material. Nanocomposites are being tested as flame retardant materials - these and other new types of additive are described \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEnvironmental legislation has affected this sector of the additive industry, particularly in the field of halogenated flame retardants. Brominated flame retardants are widely used, effective materials in many resin formulations. Many pressure groups would like to see compounds containing halogens banned. There are concerns about the potential for release and bioaccumulation of toxic combustion products. However, the evidence shows that where the use of these materials has been reduced, for example in television sets in Europe, the number of fires and consequently deaths has increased. The issues are discussed in this report. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAt the same time, fire safety requirements for materials have increased. The uncertainty of the situation has lead to major suppliers of flame retardants branching out to secure their position in the market place. Thus larger companies have been purchasing suppliers of alternative types of retardants so that if legislation reduces their share of one sector of the market, they can reap the benefits from their alternative products. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMarket data on flame retardants is limited, but the available figures from different sources are summarised here. For example, the market size for flame retardants in the USA is currently around half a million tones per year. There is extensive discussion of specific applications, i.e., automotive, building and construction, and electrical and electronic. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis technical market report highlights the current work on flame retardants by different companies and for different resins; it describes the situation of flux in the marketplace with the new changes to legislation and gives data on the market size and possible future changes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e1.2 The Report\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Methodology \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2. Summary and Conclusions\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.2 End User Sectors\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Automotive\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Electrical Appliances\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Business Machines and Consumer Electronics\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Building and Construction\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Furniture\u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Trends\u003cbr\u003e2.3 General\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Testing and Environmental Factors\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Overview \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3. Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e3.1 General\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Organic Halogen Compounds\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Phosphorus Compounds\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Antimony Trioxide\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Alumina Trihydrate\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Magnesium Hydroxide\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Zinc Borate\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Intumescent Materials \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Products and their Markets\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Organic Halogen Containing Materials\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Bromine Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1.1 Dead Sea Bromine Group\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1.2 Great Lakes\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1.3 Albermarle\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1.4 Ferro Corporation\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1.5 Unitex Chemical Corporation\u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Chlorine Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Phosphorus Containing Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Polymer Modification\u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Red Phosphorus\u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Ammonium Polyphosphate\u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Phosphorus Oxynitride\u003cbr\u003e4.2.6 Albright \u0026amp; Wilson\u003cbr\u003e4.2.7 Albermarle Corporation\u003cbr\u003e4.2.8 Polymer Tailoring\u003cbr\u003e4.2.9 Akzo Nobel Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e4.2.10 Great Lakes Chemical Corporation\u003cbr\u003e4.2.11 Clariant\u003cbr\u003e4.2.12 Other New Developments\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Inorganic Minerals and Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Antimony Trioxide\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Alumina Trihydrate (ATH)\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Boron Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Magnesium Hydroxide\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4.1 Technology\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4.2 Commercial Products\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5 Other Inorganic Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5.1 Iron Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5.2 Molybdenum Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5.3 Tin Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5.4 Talc\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Other Materials\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Coatings\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Char Forming Polymers\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Potassium Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Melamine Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4.1 Melamine Polyphosphate\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4.2 Melamine Cyanurate (MC)\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Silicon Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.4.6 Graphite\u003cbr\u003e4.4.7 Glass Flake\u003cbr\u003e4.4.8 Low Melting Glasses\u003cbr\u003e4.4.9 Polymer Blends\u003cbr\u003e4.4.10 PTFE\u003cbr\u003e4.4.11 Aluminium Flake\u003cbr\u003e4.4.12 Hindered Amine Light Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e4.4.13 Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e4.4.14 TSWB\u003cbr\u003e4.4.15 Noflan \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Polymer Families and Their Flame Retardancy\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Polyolefins\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 EVA\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e5.2 PVC\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Styrenics\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Polyamides\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Modified PPO (m-PPO)\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Polyurethanes\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Thermosets\u003cbr\u003e5.7.1 Unsaturated Polyesters\u003cbr\u003e5.7.2 Epoxy Resins\u003cbr\u003e5.7.3 Phenolics\u003cbr\u003e5.7.4 PU Casting Systems\u003cbr\u003e5.7.5 Acrylic Resins\u003cbr\u003e5.7.6 Dicyclopentadiene\u003cbr\u003e5.8 Thermoplastic Polyesters\u003cbr\u003e5.9 Polycarbonates\u003cbr\u003e5.10 Other Thermoplastics\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Suppliers and the Consumption of FR Additives and Compounds\u003cbr\u003e6.1 General Comments\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Suppliers\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Brominated Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Melamine\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Phosphorus Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Mineral Filler Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Borate Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Consumption and Market Data\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Compounding for Flame Retardancy \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 End-User Market Sectors\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Automotive\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Other Transport\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Electrical Components\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Electronics Products\u003cbr\u003e7.4.1 Telecommunications\u003cbr\u003e7.4.2 Consumer, Brown Goods\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Electrical Cables\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Building and Construction\u003cbr\u003e7.7 Upholstered Furniture and Textiles \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8 Fire Testing\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Specific Tests\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Comparing Test Results\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Tests for Building Materials\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Cable Testing\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Mattress Tests\u003cbr\u003e8.7 Clothing Tests \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9 Environmental and Regulatory Matters\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Fire Safety\u003cbr\u003e9.1.1 European Standards for Television Sets\u003cbr\u003e9.1.2 Brominated Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Brominated Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e9.3 EU Directives\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Recycling Matters\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Postscript\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Peter Dufton has extensive experience in writing market reports, having worked with the Rapra Industry Analysis unit for many years.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:27-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:27-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2003","antimony trioxide","automotive","book","borates","building","construction","electrical appliances","fire safety","fire testing","flame retardants","furniture","intumescent","market size","mineral fillers","nanocomposites","phosphorus compounds","plastic materials","report"],"price":52000,"price_min":52000,"price_max":52000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378355844,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Flame Retardants for Plastics","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":52000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-385-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-385-3.jpg?v=1499726435"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-385-3.jpg?v=1499726435","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":354807382109,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-385-3.jpg?v=1499726435"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-385-3.jpg?v=1499726435","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Dr. P.W. Dufton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-385-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 148\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPlastics materials are used in large volumes in major applications such as buildings, vehicles and electronic appliances. In each of these areas, fire safety is critical. Hence flame retardants have been developed to improve the properties of plastics under the different conditions of processing and use. Flame retardants can act in a variety of ways: by raising the ignition temperature, reducing the rate of burning, reducing flame spread and reducing smoke generation. There are various test methods in use to quantify the effectiveness of different flame retardants and these are described here. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis report examines the new developments from a range of flame retardant producers, both in products and product ranges. Besides brominated materials, mineral fillers such as alumina trihydrate hold a large market share, alongside phosphorus compounds, antimony trioxide, borates and intumescent materials. The latter function by forming an insulating char on the surface of the material. Nanocomposites are being tested as flame retardant materials - these and other new types of additive are described \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEnvironmental legislation has affected this sector of the additive industry, particularly in the field of halogenated flame retardants. Brominated flame retardants are widely used, effective materials in many resin formulations. Many pressure groups would like to see compounds containing halogens banned. There are concerns about the potential for release and bioaccumulation of toxic combustion products. However, the evidence shows that where the use of these materials has been reduced, for example in television sets in Europe, the number of fires and consequently deaths has increased. The issues are discussed in this report. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAt the same time, fire safety requirements for materials have increased. The uncertainty of the situation has lead to major suppliers of flame retardants branching out to secure their position in the market place. Thus larger companies have been purchasing suppliers of alternative types of retardants so that if legislation reduces their share of one sector of the market, they can reap the benefits from their alternative products. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMarket data on flame retardants is limited, but the available figures from different sources are summarised here. For example, the market size for flame retardants in the USA is currently around half a million tones per year. There is extensive discussion of specific applications, i.e., automotive, building and construction, and electrical and electronic. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis technical market report highlights the current work on flame retardants by different companies and for different resins; it describes the situation of flux in the marketplace with the new changes to legislation and gives data on the market size and possible future changes.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e1.2 The Report\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Methodology \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2. Summary and Conclusions\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Materials\u003cbr\u003e2.2 End User Sectors\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Automotive\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Electrical Appliances\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Business Machines and Consumer Electronics\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Building and Construction\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Furniture\u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Trends\u003cbr\u003e2.3 General\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Testing and Environmental Factors\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Overview \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3. Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e3.1 General\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Organic Halogen Compounds\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Phosphorus Compounds\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Antimony Trioxide\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Alumina Trihydrate\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Magnesium Hydroxide\u003cbr\u003e3.7 Zinc Borate\u003cbr\u003e3.8 Intumescent Materials \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Products and their Markets\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Organic Halogen Containing Materials\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Bromine Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1.1 Dead Sea Bromine Group\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1.2 Great Lakes\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1.3 Albermarle\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1.4 Ferro Corporation\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1.5 Unitex Chemical Corporation\u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Chlorine Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Phosphorus Containing Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Polymer Modification\u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Red Phosphorus\u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Ammonium Polyphosphate\u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Phosphorus Oxynitride\u003cbr\u003e4.2.6 Albright \u0026amp; Wilson\u003cbr\u003e4.2.7 Albermarle Corporation\u003cbr\u003e4.2.8 Polymer Tailoring\u003cbr\u003e4.2.9 Akzo Nobel Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e4.2.10 Great Lakes Chemical Corporation\u003cbr\u003e4.2.11 Clariant\u003cbr\u003e4.2.12 Other New Developments\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Inorganic Minerals and Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Antimony Trioxide\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Alumina Trihydrate (ATH)\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Boron Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Magnesium Hydroxide\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4.1 Technology\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4.2 Commercial Products\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5 Other Inorganic Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5.1 Iron Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5.2 Molybdenum Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5.3 Tin Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.3.5.4 Talc\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Other Materials\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Coatings\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Char Forming Polymers\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Potassium Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Melamine Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4.1 Melamine Polyphosphate\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4.2 Melamine Cyanurate (MC)\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Silicon Compounds\u003cbr\u003e4.4.6 Graphite\u003cbr\u003e4.4.7 Glass Flake\u003cbr\u003e4.4.8 Low Melting Glasses\u003cbr\u003e4.4.9 Polymer Blends\u003cbr\u003e4.4.10 PTFE\u003cbr\u003e4.4.11 Aluminium Flake\u003cbr\u003e4.4.12 Hindered Amine Light Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e4.4.13 Nanocomposites\u003cbr\u003e4.4.14 TSWB\u003cbr\u003e4.4.15 Noflan \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Polymer Families and Their Flame Retardancy\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Polyolefins\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 EVA\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e5.2 PVC\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Styrenics\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Polyamides\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Modified PPO (m-PPO)\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Polyurethanes\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Thermosets\u003cbr\u003e5.7.1 Unsaturated Polyesters\u003cbr\u003e5.7.2 Epoxy Resins\u003cbr\u003e5.7.3 Phenolics\u003cbr\u003e5.7.4 PU Casting Systems\u003cbr\u003e5.7.5 Acrylic Resins\u003cbr\u003e5.7.6 Dicyclopentadiene\u003cbr\u003e5.8 Thermoplastic Polyesters\u003cbr\u003e5.9 Polycarbonates\u003cbr\u003e5.10 Other Thermoplastics\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Suppliers and the Consumption of FR Additives and Compounds\u003cbr\u003e6.1 General Comments\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Suppliers\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Brominated Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Melamine\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Phosphorus Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Mineral Filler Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Borate Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Consumption and Market Data\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Compounding for Flame Retardancy \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 End-User Market Sectors\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Automotive\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Other Transport\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Electrical Components\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Electronics Products\u003cbr\u003e7.4.1 Telecommunications\u003cbr\u003e7.4.2 Consumer, Brown Goods\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Electrical Cables\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Building and Construction\u003cbr\u003e7.7 Upholstered Furniture and Textiles \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8 Fire Testing\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Specific Tests\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Comparing Test Results\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Tests for Building Materials\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Cable Testing\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Mattress Tests\u003cbr\u003e8.7 Clothing Tests \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9 Environmental and Regulatory Matters\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Fire Safety\u003cbr\u003e9.1.1 European Standards for Television Sets\u003cbr\u003e9.1.2 Brominated Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Brominated Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e9.3 EU Directives\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Recycling Matters\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Postscript\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Peter Dufton has extensive experience in writing market reports, having worked with the Rapra Industry Analysis unit for many years."}
Description Author: Martin Forrest ISBN 978-1-84735-097-8 Published: 2008Rapra Review ReportVol. 16, No. 8, Report 188Soft-backed, 297 x 210 mm, 124 pages. Summary in a variety of different food contact situations and conditions. The origin of this review report was a Food Standards Agency (FSA) project on food contact silicone based materials that was carried out at...
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242215492,"title":"Silicone Products for Food Contact Applications","handle":"978-1-84735-097-8","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Martin Forrest \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-097-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2008\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra Review Report\u003cbr\u003eVol. 16, No. 8, Report 188\u003cbr\u003eSoft-backed, 297 x 210 mm, 124 pages.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nin a variety of different food contact situations and conditions. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe origin of this review report was a Food Standards Agency (FSA) project on food contact silicone based materials that was carried out at Rapra from 2003 until 2005. The objective of this project was to provide detailed information on the types and composition of silicone based products that are used in contact with food and to identify the extent to which the migration of specific constituents into food could occur. In addition to giving a summary of the findings of this extensive FSA project, this review report also provides an extensive overview of the principal types of silicone products that are used in food contact situations, from a description of their manufacture and chemical composition, to a detailed review of the potential migrants and their migration behaviour. It also covers the relevant national and EU food contact legislation and describes recent, food related technological developments. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis report is the final one of a trilogy that has addressed food contact materials. It joins a report summarising the current situation with respect to the use of rubber products for food applications (Review Report No. 182) and one reviewing the use of coatings and inks (Review Report No. 186). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review is accompanied by around 230 abstracts compiled from the Polymer Library, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1. Introduction\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Silicone Products for Food Contact Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Silicone Polymers – Chemistry, Structure, and Properties \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Definition of a Silicone Polymer \u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Chemical Bonding in Silicones \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Physical Characteristics \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Chemical Properties \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Food Contact Silicone Products – Manufacture and Composition \u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Manufacture of Silicone Polymers and Their Precursors \u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Silicone Fluids and Silicone Gums \u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Silicone Rubbers – from High MW Gums \u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Silicone Rubbers – From Relatively Low MW Liquids \u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Silicone Resins \u003cbr\u003e2.2.7 Silicone Greases \u003cbr\u003e2.2.8 Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.9 Silicone Surfactants \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Food Contact and Food Related Applications \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Release Agents \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Silicones as Additives for Polymers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Silicones in Food Processing \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Regulations Covering the Use of Silicones With Food\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Existing EU Legislation and Guideline Documents \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Council of Europe Resolution on Silicones (Resolution AP (2004)) \u003cbr\u003e3.3 German Recommendation XV from the BfR \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Other National Legislation in the EU \u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Belgium \u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Italy \u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Netherlands \u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 United Kingdom \u003cbr\u003e3.5 The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Assessing the Safety of Silicone Materials and Articles for Food Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Fingerprinting of Potential Migrants from Silicone Products \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Multi-element Semi-quantitative Inductively Coupled Plasma Scan \u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Targeting of Specific Species \u003cbr\u003e4.1.3 Identification of Low MW Potential Migrants \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Overall Migration Tests \u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 FDA Regulations for Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Council of Europe Silicone Resolution \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Determination of Specific Species in Food Simulants and Foods \u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Determination of Specific Elements \u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Determination of Formaldehyde \u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Determination of Low MW Species Using GC-MS and LC-MS \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Foods Standards Agency Silicone Project – Contract Number A03046\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Silicone Products Studied in the Project \u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Silicone Fluids \u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Silicone Resins – Uncured Products \u003cbr\u003e5.1.4 Silicon Resin Coated Bakeware from Supermarkets \u003cbr\u003e5.1.5 Compositional Fingerprinting Work \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Migration Experiments with Food Simulants \u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Overall Migration Work \u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Specific Migration Work \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Migration Experiments with Food Products \u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Contact Tests Performed on the Silicone Products \u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Determination of Specific Migrants in Food Products \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Summary of Project Results \u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Summary of the Data Obtained on the Silicone Rubber Samples \u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Summary of the Data Obtained on the Silicone Fluids \u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Summary of the Data Obtained on the Silicone Resin Samples \u003cbr\u003e5.4.4 Overall Summary of the Project and the Results Obtained \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Migration Mechanisms, Potential Migrants, and Published Migration Data\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e6.1 Possible Migration Mechanisms for Chemical Species from Silicone Products \u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Migration to Air (Volatilisation) \u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Migration into Fluids \u003cbr\u003e6.1.3 Migration into Foodstuffs \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Potential Migrants from Silicone Products \u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Summary of Potential Migrants \u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Specific Potential Migrants \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Published Migration Data \u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Silicone Rubber Study \u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Silicone Rubber Teats and Soothers \u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Peroxide Breakdown Products \u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Polydimethylsiloxane Oligomers \u003cbr\u003e6.3.5 General Assessment of Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7. Improving the Safety of Silicones for Food Use and Future Trends\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Silicone Foams \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Antibacterial Additives and Coatings \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Intelligent Packaging \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Barrier Coatings \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Non-stick Additives \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Nanoparticulate Silicones \u003cbr\u003e7.7 Inks and Varnishes \u003cbr\u003e7.8 Radiation-cured Release Coatings \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8. Conclusion\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms \u003cbr\u003eStructural Assignments for Silicone Polymers and Oligomers \u003cbr\u003eReferences from the Polymer Library Database \u003cbr\u003eSubject Index \u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Martin Forrest started his career in 1977 with James Walkers \u0026amp; Co. Ltd, and during this time he progressed to the position of Rubber Technologist, having obtained his first degree in Polymer Technology at the London School of Polymer Technology (LSPT). In 1983 he started a full time Master of Science course in Polymer Science and Technology at the LSPT. After being awarded his MSc in 1984, he completed a Ph.D. in Polymer Chemistry at Loughborough University in 1988. He then joined Rapra Technology as a Consultant in the Polymer Analysis section and remained in that section until 2006, rising to the position of Principal Consultant. During his time in the Polymer Analysis section, Dr. Forrest was the main contact at Rapra for consultancy projects involving the analysis of rubber compounds and rubber based products. During his 20 years at Rapra he has also managed a number of FSA, TSB, and EU funded research projects, and since 2006 he has been a Project Manager for the Research Projects Group.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:26-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:26-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2008","acrylic polymers","additives","book","food","food contact","p-chemistry","polymer","resins","silicone","silicone fluids","silicone gums","silicone rubbers"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378355140,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Silicone Products for Food Contact Applications","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84735-097-8","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-097-8.jpg?v=1499725036"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-097-8.jpg?v=1499725036","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358752714845,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-097-8.jpg?v=1499725036"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-097-8.jpg?v=1499725036","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Martin Forrest \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-097-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2008\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra Review Report\u003cbr\u003eVol. 16, No. 8, Report 188\u003cbr\u003eSoft-backed, 297 x 210 mm, 124 pages.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nin a variety of different food contact situations and conditions. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe origin of this review report was a Food Standards Agency (FSA) project on food contact silicone based materials that was carried out at Rapra from 2003 until 2005. The objective of this project was to provide detailed information on the types and composition of silicone based products that are used in contact with food and to identify the extent to which the migration of specific constituents into food could occur. In addition to giving a summary of the findings of this extensive FSA project, this review report also provides an extensive overview of the principal types of silicone products that are used in food contact situations, from a description of their manufacture and chemical composition, to a detailed review of the potential migrants and their migration behaviour. It also covers the relevant national and EU food contact legislation and describes recent, food related technological developments. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis report is the final one of a trilogy that has addressed food contact materials. It joins a report summarising the current situation with respect to the use of rubber products for food applications (Review Report No. 182) and one reviewing the use of coatings and inks (Review Report No. 186). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review is accompanied by around 230 abstracts compiled from the Polymer Library, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1. Introduction\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Silicone Products for Food Contact Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Silicone Polymers – Chemistry, Structure, and Properties \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Definition of a Silicone Polymer \u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Chemical Bonding in Silicones \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Physical Characteristics \u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Chemical Properties \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Food Contact Silicone Products – Manufacture and Composition \u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Manufacture of Silicone Polymers and Their Precursors \u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Silicone Fluids and Silicone Gums \u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Silicone Rubbers – from High MW Gums \u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Silicone Rubbers – From Relatively Low MW Liquids \u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Silicone Resins \u003cbr\u003e2.2.7 Silicone Greases \u003cbr\u003e2.2.8 Copolymers \u003cbr\u003e2.2.9 Silicone Surfactants \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Food Contact and Food Related Applications \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Release Agents \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Silicones as Additives for Polymers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Silicones in Food Processing \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Regulations Covering the Use of Silicones With Food\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Existing EU Legislation and Guideline Documents \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Council of Europe Resolution on Silicones (Resolution AP (2004)) \u003cbr\u003e3.3 German Recommendation XV from the BfR \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Other National Legislation in the EU \u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Belgium \u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Italy \u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Netherlands \u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 United Kingdom \u003cbr\u003e3.5 The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Assessing the Safety of Silicone Materials and Articles for Food Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Fingerprinting of Potential Migrants from Silicone Products \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Multi-element Semi-quantitative Inductively Coupled Plasma Scan \u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Targeting of Specific Species \u003cbr\u003e4.1.3 Identification of Low MW Potential Migrants \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Overall Migration Tests \u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 FDA Regulations for Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Council of Europe Silicone Resolution \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Determination of Specific Species in Food Simulants and Foods \u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Determination of Specific Elements \u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Determination of Formaldehyde \u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Determination of Low MW Species Using GC-MS and LC-MS \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Foods Standards Agency Silicone Project – Contract Number A03046\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Silicone Products Studied in the Project \u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Silicone Fluids \u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Silicone Resins – Uncured Products \u003cbr\u003e5.1.4 Silicon Resin Coated Bakeware from Supermarkets \u003cbr\u003e5.1.5 Compositional Fingerprinting Work \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Migration Experiments with Food Simulants \u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Overall Migration Work \u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Specific Migration Work \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Migration Experiments with Food Products \u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Contact Tests Performed on the Silicone Products \u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Determination of Specific Migrants in Food Products \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Summary of Project Results \u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Summary of the Data Obtained on the Silicone Rubber Samples \u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Summary of the Data Obtained on the Silicone Fluids \u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Summary of the Data Obtained on the Silicone Resin Samples \u003cbr\u003e5.4.4 Overall Summary of the Project and the Results Obtained \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Migration Mechanisms, Potential Migrants, and Published Migration Data\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e6.1 Possible Migration Mechanisms for Chemical Species from Silicone Products \u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Migration to Air (Volatilisation) \u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Migration into Fluids \u003cbr\u003e6.1.3 Migration into Foodstuffs \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Potential Migrants from Silicone Products \u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Summary of Potential Migrants \u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Specific Potential Migrants \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Published Migration Data \u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Silicone Rubber Study \u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Silicone Rubber Teats and Soothers \u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Peroxide Breakdown Products \u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Polydimethylsiloxane Oligomers \u003cbr\u003e6.3.5 General Assessment of Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7. Improving the Safety of Silicones for Food Use and Future Trends\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Silicone Foams \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Antibacterial Additives and Coatings \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Intelligent Packaging \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Barrier Coatings \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Non-stick Additives \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Nanoparticulate Silicones \u003cbr\u003e7.7 Inks and Varnishes \u003cbr\u003e7.8 Radiation-cured Release Coatings \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8. Conclusion\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms \u003cbr\u003eStructural Assignments for Silicone Polymers and Oligomers \u003cbr\u003eReferences from the Polymer Library Database \u003cbr\u003eSubject Index \u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Martin Forrest started his career in 1977 with James Walkers \u0026amp; Co. Ltd, and during this time he progressed to the position of Rubber Technologist, having obtained his first degree in Polymer Technology at the London School of Polymer Technology (LSPT). In 1983 he started a full time Master of Science course in Polymer Science and Technology at the LSPT. After being awarded his MSc in 1984, he completed a Ph.D. in Polymer Chemistry at Loughborough University in 1988. He then joined Rapra Technology as a Consultant in the Polymer Analysis section and remained in that section until 2006, rising to the position of Principal Consultant. During his time in the Polymer Analysis section, Dr. Forrest was the main contact at Rapra for consultancy projects involving the analysis of rubber compounds and rubber based products. During his 20 years at Rapra he has also managed a number of FSA, TSB, and EU funded research projects, and since 2006 he has been a Project Manager for the Research Projects Group."}
Description Author: M. Forrest, Y. Davies and J. Davies ISBN 978-1-84735-023-7 Published: 2007420 pages, Wire bound Summary For the 3rd Edition of this popular, authoritative and respected book, the collection has been completely revised and enlarged, with the addition of around 200 new spectra bringing the total number in the library to around 800. A number...
$396.00
in stock
{"id":11242215556,"title":"Rapra Collection of Infrared Spectra of Rubbers, Plastics and Thermoplastic Elastomers, Third Edition (The)","handle":"978-1-84735-023-7","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: M. Forrest, Y. Davies and J. Davies \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-023-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2007\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e420 pages, Wire bound\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nFor the 3rd Edition of this popular, authoritative and respected book, the collection has been completely revised and enlarged, with the addition of around 200 new spectra bringing the total number in the library to around 800. A number of improvements in the layout and design of the collection have been made. Some of these, such as a simpler classification system, clearer headings for the spectra, and the insertion of material indexes at the end of each section has been designed to make the library quicker and easier to use. It is also the case that, whereas the previous two editions were comprised of only four separate sub-libraries, covering the transmission and pyrolysate spectra of both rubber and plastic materials, another major improvement for this edition has been the incorporation of an additional, comprehensive library produced using a single bounce attenuated total reflectance (ATR) accessory. This is a very useful development, as since the publication of the second edition of this library in 1997, this type of ATR technique has acquired a high degree of popularity due to its many attributes, including speed and ease of use, the need for only small amounts of sample, and its virtually non-destructive nature.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAll the spectra in the collection have been collected and stored at a resolution of 4 cm-1 and are plotted as percentage transmittance against wavenumber. For the transmission and pyrolyate spectra, the wavenumber range shown is 400 to 4000 cm-1, whereas, for the single bounce, diamond window ATR spectra the range is 650 to 4000 cm-1.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe layout of the spectra has been changed for this edition - within each of the five sub-libraries spectra are listed in alphabetical order according to material type, which is displayed in the main heading above each spectrum. A number of polymer blends are represented in these sub-libraries, and the proportions of the polymers in the blend are also shown in this main heading. There is also a secondary heading for each spectrum, where as much additional information as possible has been provided, e.g., the trade name of the material, its manufacturer, compositional information, (e.g., fillers present), and the method of preparing the sample, (e.g., film cast from chloroform) for the recording of the spectrum.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAs mentioned above, transmission, pyrolysate, and ATR spectra are all present in the library. Two different approaches were used to produce the sample films that were used for the recording of the transmission spectra: hot pressing, and casting from a polymer solution. The pyrolysate spectra of the polymers were recorded from collected pyrolysis condensates. Where necessary, samples for pyrolysate work were cleaned up by an initial solvent extraction step. The spectra for the ATR part of the library were recorded using a single bounce, diamond window ATR accessory.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis library represents one of the most comprehensive, independent collections of infrared spectra that are commercially available. Drawing on Rapras international reputation as a centre of excellence and compiled by polymer analysts for polymer analysts it has proved, since the first edition appeared in 1992, to be of immense value to users from both academia and industry. The many improvements in this edition, particularly the inclusion of an ATR section and the enlargement of the range of polymer blends that are covered, will ensure that this library continues to be a must have acquisition for all those concerned with the analysis of polymers and polymer systems.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nIntroduction\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations\u003cbr\u003e1 Rubber Transmission Spectra\u003cbr\u003e2 Rubber Pyrolysate Spectra\u003cbr\u003e3 Plastics Transmission Spectra\u003cbr\u003e4 Plastics Pyrolysate Spectra\u003cbr\u003e5 Attenuated Total Reflection (ATR) Spectra\u003cbr\u003e6 Materials Index\u003cbr\u003e7 Tradename Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Martin Forrest started his career in 1977 with James Walkers \u0026amp; Co. Ltd, and during this time he progressed to the position of Rubber Technologist, having obtained his first degree in Polymer Technology at the London School of Polymer Technology (LSPT). In 1983 he started a full time Master of Science course in Polymer Science and Technology at the LSPT. After being awarded his MSc in 1984, he completed a Ph.D. in Polymer Chemistry at Loughborough University in 1988.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:26-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:26-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2007","ATR","book","elastomers","p-chemical","plastics","polymer","pyrolysate spectra","rubbers","thermoplastic","transmission spectra"],"price":39600,"price_min":39600,"price_max":39600,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378355524,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Rapra Collection of Infrared Spectra of Rubbers, Plastics and Thermoplastic Elastomers, Third Edition (The)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":39600,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"Published: 2001","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-023-7.jpg?v=1499953982"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-023-7.jpg?v=1499953982","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358728990813,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-023-7.jpg?v=1499953982"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84735-023-7.jpg?v=1499953982","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: M. Forrest, Y. Davies and J. Davies \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84735-023-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2007\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e420 pages, Wire bound\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nFor the 3rd Edition of this popular, authoritative and respected book, the collection has been completely revised and enlarged, with the addition of around 200 new spectra bringing the total number in the library to around 800. A number of improvements in the layout and design of the collection have been made. Some of these, such as a simpler classification system, clearer headings for the spectra, and the insertion of material indexes at the end of each section has been designed to make the library quicker and easier to use. It is also the case that, whereas the previous two editions were comprised of only four separate sub-libraries, covering the transmission and pyrolysate spectra of both rubber and plastic materials, another major improvement for this edition has been the incorporation of an additional, comprehensive library produced using a single bounce attenuated total reflectance (ATR) accessory. This is a very useful development, as since the publication of the second edition of this library in 1997, this type of ATR technique has acquired a high degree of popularity due to its many attributes, including speed and ease of use, the need for only small amounts of sample, and its virtually non-destructive nature.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAll the spectra in the collection have been collected and stored at a resolution of 4 cm-1 and are plotted as percentage transmittance against wavenumber. For the transmission and pyrolyate spectra, the wavenumber range shown is 400 to 4000 cm-1, whereas, for the single bounce, diamond window ATR spectra the range is 650 to 4000 cm-1.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe layout of the spectra has been changed for this edition - within each of the five sub-libraries spectra are listed in alphabetical order according to material type, which is displayed in the main heading above each spectrum. A number of polymer blends are represented in these sub-libraries, and the proportions of the polymers in the blend are also shown in this main heading. There is also a secondary heading for each spectrum, where as much additional information as possible has been provided, e.g., the trade name of the material, its manufacturer, compositional information, (e.g., fillers present), and the method of preparing the sample, (e.g., film cast from chloroform) for the recording of the spectrum.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAs mentioned above, transmission, pyrolysate, and ATR spectra are all present in the library. Two different approaches were used to produce the sample films that were used for the recording of the transmission spectra: hot pressing, and casting from a polymer solution. The pyrolysate spectra of the polymers were recorded from collected pyrolysis condensates. Where necessary, samples for pyrolysate work were cleaned up by an initial solvent extraction step. The spectra for the ATR part of the library were recorded using a single bounce, diamond window ATR accessory.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis library represents one of the most comprehensive, independent collections of infrared spectra that are commercially available. Drawing on Rapras international reputation as a centre of excellence and compiled by polymer analysts for polymer analysts it has proved, since the first edition appeared in 1992, to be of immense value to users from both academia and industry. The many improvements in this edition, particularly the inclusion of an ATR section and the enlargement of the range of polymer blends that are covered, will ensure that this library continues to be a must have acquisition for all those concerned with the analysis of polymers and polymer systems.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nIntroduction\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations\u003cbr\u003e1 Rubber Transmission Spectra\u003cbr\u003e2 Rubber Pyrolysate Spectra\u003cbr\u003e3 Plastics Transmission Spectra\u003cbr\u003e4 Plastics Pyrolysate Spectra\u003cbr\u003e5 Attenuated Total Reflection (ATR) Spectra\u003cbr\u003e6 Materials Index\u003cbr\u003e7 Tradename Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Martin Forrest started his career in 1977 with James Walkers \u0026amp; Co. Ltd, and during this time he progressed to the position of Rubber Technologist, having obtained his first degree in Polymer Technology at the London School of Polymer Technology (LSPT). In 1983 he started a full time Master of Science course in Polymer Science and Technology at the LSPT. After being awarded his MSc in 1984, he completed a Ph.D. in Polymer Chemistry at Loughborough University in 1988."}
Description Author: M.J. Forrest, Rapra Technology Ltd ISBN 978-1-85957-333-4 pages: 110, figures: 15 Summary Plastics can present a very difficult challenge to the analyst. The plastic may contain a variety of additives, including other polymers, which are used to enhance the properties of the plastic compound. For example, plasticisers, inorganic fillers, antidegradants, fire retardants, and specialist...
$120.00
in stock
{"id":11242215108,"title":"Plastics Analysis","handle":"978-1-85957-333-4","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: M.J. Forrest, Rapra Technology Ltd \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-333-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages: 110, figures: 15\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPlastics can present a very difficult challenge to the analyst. The plastic may contain a variety of additives, including other polymers, which are used to enhance the properties of the plastic compound. For example, plasticisers, inorganic fillers, antidegradants, fire retardants, and specialist additives such as antistatic agents and cross-linkers. It is unlikely that more than 90-95% of a complex formulation can be determined by analysis alone. Compounds may contain over 10 different ingredients, some present at very low levels. It is evident that a good plastics analyst must have a working knowledge of plastics technology to succeed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlastics analysis is used for a variety of purposes such as quality control, reverse engineering (deformulation) and to determine causes of failure. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA wide variety of techniques can be used to discover different facts about a plastic compound. For example, the elemental analysis may be required, or an instrumental method to determine the material's resistance to oxidation. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMany spectroscopic techniques are employed in plastics analysis including infrared spectroscopy, ultraviolet light spectroscopy, NMR spectroscopy, atomic absorption spectroscopy, X-ray fluorescence spectroscopy, Raman spectroscopy, and energy dispersive analysis. Chromatographic methods include gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS), liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS), gel permeation chromatography (GPC) and thin layer chromatography (TLC). Thermal techniques include differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), dynamic mechanical thermal analysis (DMTA) and thermogravimetric analysis (TGA). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review outlines each technique used in plastics analysis and then illustrates which methods are applied to obtain a particular result or piece of compositional information. For example, polymer and filler identification, molecular weight determination, antidegradant quantification and surface analysis study methods are all included. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review also includes useful sections on specific areas, such as tests for plastics in contact with food, analysis of plastic laminates and fibres, and stabilisers in PVC \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis text is a good introduction to a very complex subject area and will enable the reader to understand the basic concepts of plastics analysis. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAround 400 abstracts from the Polymer Library database accompany this review, to facilitate further reading. These include core original references together with abstracts from some of the latest papers on plastics analysis. These give examples of applications of the different techniques and some new developments.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2 Analytical Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Wet Chemistry Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Spectroscopic Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Infrared Spectroscopy (IR) \u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Ultraviolet Light Spectroscopy (UV) \u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (NMR) \u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AAS) \u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 X-Ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy (XRF) \u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Raman Spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Chromatographic Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS) \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Gas Chromatography (GC) \u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) \u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectroscopy (LC-MS) \u003cbr\u003e2.3.5 Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) \u003cbr\u003e2.3.6 Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Thermal Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) \u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis (DMTA) \u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Thermogravimetric Analysis (TGA) \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Elemental Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Microscopy Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.7 Miscellaneous Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3 Determination of Molecular Weight and Microstructure of Plastic Polymers \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Determination of Molecular Weight \u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) \u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Viscosity \u003cbr\u003e3.1.3 Osmometry \u003cbr\u003e3.1.4 Light Scattering \u003cbr\u003e3.1.5 Other Methods \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Monomer Types and Microstructure \u003cbr\u003e4 Determination of Polymer Type \u003cbr\u003e5 Determination of the Plasticiser and Filler in a Plastic Compound \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Determination of Plasticiser \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Determination of Fillers \u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Particulate Fillers \u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Fibrous Fillers \u003cbr\u003e6 Determination of Stabilisers in a Plastics Compound \u003cbr\u003e6.1 UV Stabilisers \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Antioxidants \u003cbr\u003e7 Determination of Functional Additives \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Process Aids and Lubricants \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Slip Additives \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Pigments \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Antistatic Agents \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Crosslinking Agents and Co-Agents \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Blowing Agents \u003cbr\u003e7.7 Flame Retardants \u003cbr\u003e7.8 Impact Modifiers \u003cbr\u003e8 Analysis of Plastics for Food Contact Use \u003cbr\u003e8.1 Global Migration Tests \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Specific Migration and Residual Monomer Tests \u003cbr\u003e9 Determination of Stabilisers in PVC \u003cbr\u003e10 Analysis of Plastic Laminates and Fibres \u003cbr\u003e11 Surface Analysis of Plastics \u003cbr\u003e11.1 X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) \u003cbr\u003e11.2 Laser Induced Mass Analysis (LIMA) \u003cbr\u003e11.3 Secondary Ion Mass Spectroscopy (SIMS) \u003cbr\u003e12 Failure Diagnosis \u003cbr\u003e12.1 Common Compositional Problems \u003cbr\u003e12.2 Environmental Stress Cracking \u003cbr\u003e12.3 Contamination Problems \u003cbr\u003e12.4 Odour and Emissions Problems \u003cbr\u003e13 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003eAppendix 1 Solubility Parameters of Plastics, Plasticisers and Typical Solvents \u003cbr\u003eAppendix 2 Specific Gravities of Plastics and Compound Ingredients \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Martin Forrest has worked in the Analysis Section at Rapra for over fourteen years. He is currently Principal Consultant Analyst, a position he has held for the past four years. He has experience in the analysis of a wide variety of polymers and polymer products using a range of techniques. He is one of the principal contacts at Rapra for projects involving plastics analysis. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra has been serving the polymer community for over 80 years and was formerly known as the Rubber and Plastics Research Association of Great Britain. Rapra provides comprehensive analytical services to industry, research organisations and individuals using spectroscopic (FT-IR, infrared microspectroscopy, UV\/vis spectroscopy),chromatographic (LC-MS, HPLC, GPC including triple detection, GC, GC-MS), thermal (DSC, TGA, DMTA, thermal diffusivity) and a range of wet chemical and other general and specialist techniques.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:25-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:25-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2002","AAS","additives","agents","analysis","antioxidants","antistatic","bags","blowing","book","bubble","calorimetry","chromatography","closures","DSC","fillers","flame retardantsies","flexibility","fluorescence","GC","GC-MS","gel","glass transition","HPLC","impact","infrared","IR","labelling","light scattering","liquid","lubricants","magnetic resonance","mechanical","microscopy","molecular weight","NMR","osmometry","p-testing","pigments","plasticiser","plastics","polymer","pouches","printing","Raman","rigidity","shrink","slip","spectroscopy","stabilisers","strength","stretch","surface","temperature","tensile strength","thermal","thin layer","TLC","ultraviolet light","UV","viscosity","wrap","X-Ray","XRF"],"price":12000,"price_min":12000,"price_max":12000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378354756,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Plastics Analysis","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-333-4","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-333-4.jpg?v=1499952414"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-333-4.jpg?v=1499952414","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358534873181,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-333-4.jpg?v=1499952414"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-333-4.jpg?v=1499952414","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: M.J. Forrest, Rapra Technology Ltd \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-333-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages: 110, figures: 15\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPlastics can present a very difficult challenge to the analyst. The plastic may contain a variety of additives, including other polymers, which are used to enhance the properties of the plastic compound. For example, plasticisers, inorganic fillers, antidegradants, fire retardants, and specialist additives such as antistatic agents and cross-linkers. It is unlikely that more than 90-95% of a complex formulation can be determined by analysis alone. Compounds may contain over 10 different ingredients, some present at very low levels. It is evident that a good plastics analyst must have a working knowledge of plastics technology to succeed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlastics analysis is used for a variety of purposes such as quality control, reverse engineering (deformulation) and to determine causes of failure. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA wide variety of techniques can be used to discover different facts about a plastic compound. For example, the elemental analysis may be required, or an instrumental method to determine the material's resistance to oxidation. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMany spectroscopic techniques are employed in plastics analysis including infrared spectroscopy, ultraviolet light spectroscopy, NMR spectroscopy, atomic absorption spectroscopy, X-ray fluorescence spectroscopy, Raman spectroscopy, and energy dispersive analysis. Chromatographic methods include gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS), liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS), gel permeation chromatography (GPC) and thin layer chromatography (TLC). Thermal techniques include differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), dynamic mechanical thermal analysis (DMTA) and thermogravimetric analysis (TGA). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review outlines each technique used in plastics analysis and then illustrates which methods are applied to obtain a particular result or piece of compositional information. For example, polymer and filler identification, molecular weight determination, antidegradant quantification and surface analysis study methods are all included. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review also includes useful sections on specific areas, such as tests for plastics in contact with food, analysis of plastic laminates and fibres, and stabilisers in PVC \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis text is a good introduction to a very complex subject area and will enable the reader to understand the basic concepts of plastics analysis. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAround 400 abstracts from the Polymer Library database accompany this review, to facilitate further reading. These include core original references together with abstracts from some of the latest papers on plastics analysis. These give examples of applications of the different techniques and some new developments.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2 Analytical Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Wet Chemistry Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Spectroscopic Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Infrared Spectroscopy (IR) \u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Ultraviolet Light Spectroscopy (UV) \u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (NMR) \u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AAS) \u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 X-Ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy (XRF) \u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Raman Spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Chromatographic Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS) \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Gas Chromatography (GC) \u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) \u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectroscopy (LC-MS) \u003cbr\u003e2.3.5 Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) \u003cbr\u003e2.3.6 Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Thermal Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) \u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis (DMTA) \u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Thermogravimetric Analysis (TGA) \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Elemental Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.6 Microscopy Techniques \u003cbr\u003e2.7 Miscellaneous Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3 Determination of Molecular Weight and Microstructure of Plastic Polymers \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Determination of Molecular Weight \u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) \u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Viscosity \u003cbr\u003e3.1.3 Osmometry \u003cbr\u003e3.1.4 Light Scattering \u003cbr\u003e3.1.5 Other Methods \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Monomer Types and Microstructure \u003cbr\u003e4 Determination of Polymer Type \u003cbr\u003e5 Determination of the Plasticiser and Filler in a Plastic Compound \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Determination of Plasticiser \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Determination of Fillers \u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Particulate Fillers \u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Fibrous Fillers \u003cbr\u003e6 Determination of Stabilisers in a Plastics Compound \u003cbr\u003e6.1 UV Stabilisers \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Antioxidants \u003cbr\u003e7 Determination of Functional Additives \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Process Aids and Lubricants \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Slip Additives \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Pigments \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Antistatic Agents \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Crosslinking Agents and Co-Agents \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Blowing Agents \u003cbr\u003e7.7 Flame Retardants \u003cbr\u003e7.8 Impact Modifiers \u003cbr\u003e8 Analysis of Plastics for Food Contact Use \u003cbr\u003e8.1 Global Migration Tests \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Specific Migration and Residual Monomer Tests \u003cbr\u003e9 Determination of Stabilisers in PVC \u003cbr\u003e10 Analysis of Plastic Laminates and Fibres \u003cbr\u003e11 Surface Analysis of Plastics \u003cbr\u003e11.1 X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) \u003cbr\u003e11.2 Laser Induced Mass Analysis (LIMA) \u003cbr\u003e11.3 Secondary Ion Mass Spectroscopy (SIMS) \u003cbr\u003e12 Failure Diagnosis \u003cbr\u003e12.1 Common Compositional Problems \u003cbr\u003e12.2 Environmental Stress Cracking \u003cbr\u003e12.3 Contamination Problems \u003cbr\u003e12.4 Odour and Emissions Problems \u003cbr\u003e13 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003eAppendix 1 Solubility Parameters of Plastics, Plasticisers and Typical Solvents \u003cbr\u003eAppendix 2 Specific Gravities of Plastics and Compound Ingredients \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Martin Forrest has worked in the Analysis Section at Rapra for over fourteen years. He is currently Principal Consultant Analyst, a position he has held for the past four years. He has experience in the analysis of a wide variety of polymers and polymer products using a range of techniques. He is one of the principal contacts at Rapra for projects involving plastics analysis. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra has been serving the polymer community for over 80 years and was formerly known as the Rubber and Plastics Research Association of Great Britain. Rapra provides comprehensive analytical services to industry, research organisations and individuals using spectroscopic (FT-IR, infrared microspectroscopy, UV\/vis spectroscopy),chromatographic (LC-MS, HPLC, GPC including triple detection, GC, GC-MS), thermal (DSC, TGA, DMTA, thermal diffusivity) and a range of wet chemical and other general and specialist techniques.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: Dr. M.J. Forrest ISBN 978-1-85957-390-7 pages 160 Summary Thermosets comprise around 25% of world plastic consumption. The use of thermosets dates back over 100 years to the advent of phenolics. Today, a large range of different reactive chemicals is used in the synthesis of these resins. Common thermoset systems include phenol-formaldehyde, melamine-formaldehyde, urea-formaldehyde, resorcinol-formaldehyde,...
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242215300,"title":"Analysis of Thermoset Materials, Precursors and Products.","handle":"978-1-85957-390-7","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Dr. M.J. Forrest \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-390-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 160\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThermosets comprise around 25% of world plastic consumption. The use of thermosets dates back over 100 years to the advent of phenolics. Today, a large range of different reactive chemicals is used in the synthesis of these resins. Common thermoset systems include phenol-formaldehyde, melamine-formaldehyde, urea-formaldehyde, resorcinol-formaldehyde, epoxy, polyurethane, polyalkyd, silicone, polyester, acrylic, furan, and polyimide. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA variety of additives are found in thermosets. Plasticizer-type compounds are used to promote the flow of high viscosity compounds such as epoxy resins. Particulate fillers are used to reduce cost or improve properties and fibrous materials for increased strength and rigidity. Other additives include anti-degradants, curing agents (hardeners and accelerators), flame retardants and lubricants. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThermosets are used in a wide range of applications from moldings and composites to adhesives. Analysis of thermosets is carried out to determine the reasons for failure, for quality control, to measure residual monomer, to detect contaminants, to monitor the extent of cure and for deformulation. Materials based on thermosets present the analyst with considerable challenges due to their complexity and the wide range of polymer types and additives available. The author of this review has many years of experience in the Polymer Analysis division at Rapra Technology Limited. He has a practical understanding of the usefulness and feasibility of the many techniques on offer to the chemist. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWet chemistry techniques were mainly used historically. One example is the spectrophotometric titration of epoxy groups using a halogen acid and 2,4-dinitrobenzene sulfonate as the chromophore. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpectroscopic techniques include infrared spectroscopy, ultraviolet, nuclear magnetic resonance, atomic absorption, X-ray fluorescence and Raman spectroscopy. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChromatographic techniques include gas chromatography-mass spectrometry, HPLC, liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry, gel permeation chromatography, thin layer chromatography and supercritical fluid chromatography. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThermal techniques used to analyze thermosets include differential scanning calorimetry, dynamic mechanical thermal analysis, thermal mechanical analysis, thermogravimetric analysis and dielectric analysis. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are many other analytical techniques covered in this review, which describes their specific uses and even set up details for some analytical techniques. The references at the end of the report describe many specific instances of the analysis of thermoset materials published over the last 10 years. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts from papers and books in the Rapra Polymer Library database, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2. Thermoset Products \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Thermoset Polymer Systems \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Basic Chemistry \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Additives Used in Thermosets \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Organic Modifiers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Fillers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Antidegradants\/Stabilisers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Curing Species (e.g., Hardeners and Accelerators) \u003cbr\u003e2.3.5 Flame Retardants \u003cbr\u003e2.3.6 Lubricants \u003cbr\u003e2.3.7 Miscellaneous Additives \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3. Overview of Analytical Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Wet Chemistry Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Spectroscopic Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Infrared Spectroscopy (IR) \u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Ultraviolet Light Spectroscopy (UV) \u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (NMR) \u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AAS) \u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 X-Ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy (XRF) \u003cbr\u003e3.2.6 Raman Spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Chromatographic Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS) \u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Gas Chromatography (GC) \u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) \u003cbr\u003e3.3.4 Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectroscopy (LC-MS) \u003cbr\u003e3.3.5 Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) \u003cbr\u003e3.3.6 Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) \u003cbr\u003e3.3.7 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography (SFC) \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Thermal Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) \u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis (DMTA) \u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Thermal Mechanical Analysis (TMA) \u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Thermogravimetric Analysis (TGA) \u003cbr\u003e3.4.5 Dielectric Analysis (DEA) \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Elemental Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Microscopy Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Miscellaneous Techniques \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4. Characterisation of Thermoset Polymers and their Precursors \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Determination of the Molecular Weight of Thermoset Precursors and the Separation of their Oligomers \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Gel Permeation Chromatography \u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Liquid Chromatography Techniques \u003cbr\u003e4.1.3 Epoxy Resins \u003cbr\u003e4.1.4 Polyurethane \u003cbr\u003e4.1.5 Microbore-GPC \u003cbr\u003e4.1.6 Other Techniques \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Polymer Type and Microstructure \u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Infrared Spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 NMR Spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Identifying Functional Groups \u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography \u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Thermal Analysis Techniques \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5. Determination of Organic Modifiers and Fillers in Thermoset Products \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Determination of Organic Modifiers \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Determination of Fillers \u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Particulate Fillers \u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Fibrous Fillers \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6. Determination of Functional Additives in Thermoset Products \u003cbr\u003e6.1 Antidegradants \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Flow Promoters and Flexibilisers \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Pigments \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Blowing Agents \u003cbr\u003e6.5 Flame Retardants \u003cbr\u003e6.6 Curing Systems \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7. Cure Behavior Studies \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Dielectric Analysis \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis\/Dynamic Mechanical Analysis \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Thermal Mechanical Analysis \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Scanning Vibrating Needle Curemeter \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Chromatography Techniques \u003cbr\u003e7.7 Spectroscopy Techniques \u003cbr\u003e7.8 Thermally Stimulated Depolarisation \u003cbr\u003e7.9 Wet Chemistry Techniques \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8. Surface Analysis of Thermosets \u003cbr\u003e8.1 X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Laser Induced Mass Analysis (LIMA) \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Secondary Ion Mass Spectroscopy (SIMS) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9. Failure Diagnosis \u003cbr\u003e9.1 Compositional Problems \u003cbr\u003e9.2 Heat Ageing \u003cbr\u003e9.3 Contamination Problems \u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 Solid Contaminants \u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Liquid Contaminants \u003cbr\u003e9.4 Odor and Emissions Problems \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.Conclusion\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Martin Forrest has worked in the Polymer Analysis Section at Rapra for fifteen years. He is currently a Principal Consultant, a position he has held for the past four years. He has experience in the analysis of a wide variety of polymers and polymer products using an extensive range of techniques. He is one of the main contacts at Rapra for consultancy and research projects that involve polymer analysis techniques and procedures.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:25-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:25-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2003","acrylic","book","calorimetry","chromatography","epoxy","furan","melamine-formaldehyde","p-testing","phenol-formaldehyde","polyalkyd","polyester","polyimide","polymer","polyurethane","resorcinol-formaldehyde","silicone","spectroscopy","thermoset systems","thermosets","urea-formaldehyde"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378354948,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Analysis of Thermoset Materials, Precursors and Products.","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-390-7","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-390-7.jpg?v=1498187164"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-390-7.jpg?v=1498187164","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":350147838045,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-390-7.jpg?v=1498187164"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-390-7.jpg?v=1498187164","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Dr. M.J. Forrest \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-390-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 160\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThermosets comprise around 25% of world plastic consumption. The use of thermosets dates back over 100 years to the advent of phenolics. Today, a large range of different reactive chemicals is used in the synthesis of these resins. Common thermoset systems include phenol-formaldehyde, melamine-formaldehyde, urea-formaldehyde, resorcinol-formaldehyde, epoxy, polyurethane, polyalkyd, silicone, polyester, acrylic, furan, and polyimide. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA variety of additives are found in thermosets. Plasticizer-type compounds are used to promote the flow of high viscosity compounds such as epoxy resins. Particulate fillers are used to reduce cost or improve properties and fibrous materials for increased strength and rigidity. Other additives include anti-degradants, curing agents (hardeners and accelerators), flame retardants and lubricants. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThermosets are used in a wide range of applications from moldings and composites to adhesives. Analysis of thermosets is carried out to determine the reasons for failure, for quality control, to measure residual monomer, to detect contaminants, to monitor the extent of cure and for deformulation. Materials based on thermosets present the analyst with considerable challenges due to their complexity and the wide range of polymer types and additives available. The author of this review has many years of experience in the Polymer Analysis division at Rapra Technology Limited. He has a practical understanding of the usefulness and feasibility of the many techniques on offer to the chemist. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWet chemistry techniques were mainly used historically. One example is the spectrophotometric titration of epoxy groups using a halogen acid and 2,4-dinitrobenzene sulfonate as the chromophore. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpectroscopic techniques include infrared spectroscopy, ultraviolet, nuclear magnetic resonance, atomic absorption, X-ray fluorescence and Raman spectroscopy. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChromatographic techniques include gas chromatography-mass spectrometry, HPLC, liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry, gel permeation chromatography, thin layer chromatography and supercritical fluid chromatography. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThermal techniques used to analyze thermosets include differential scanning calorimetry, dynamic mechanical thermal analysis, thermal mechanical analysis, thermogravimetric analysis and dielectric analysis. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are many other analytical techniques covered in this review, which describes their specific uses and even set up details for some analytical techniques. The references at the end of the report describe many specific instances of the analysis of thermoset materials published over the last 10 years. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts from papers and books in the Rapra Polymer Library database, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2. Thermoset Products \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Thermoset Polymer Systems \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Basic Chemistry \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Additives Used in Thermosets \u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Organic Modifiers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Fillers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Antidegradants\/Stabilisers \u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Curing Species (e.g., Hardeners and Accelerators) \u003cbr\u003e2.3.5 Flame Retardants \u003cbr\u003e2.3.6 Lubricants \u003cbr\u003e2.3.7 Miscellaneous Additives \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3. Overview of Analytical Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Wet Chemistry Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Spectroscopic Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Infrared Spectroscopy (IR) \u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Ultraviolet Light Spectroscopy (UV) \u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (NMR) \u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AAS) \u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 X-Ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy (XRF) \u003cbr\u003e3.2.6 Raman Spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Chromatographic Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS) \u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Gas Chromatography (GC) \u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) \u003cbr\u003e3.3.4 Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectroscopy (LC-MS) \u003cbr\u003e3.3.5 Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) \u003cbr\u003e3.3.6 Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) \u003cbr\u003e3.3.7 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography (SFC) \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Thermal Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) \u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis (DMTA) \u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Thermal Mechanical Analysis (TMA) \u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Thermogravimetric Analysis (TGA) \u003cbr\u003e3.4.5 Dielectric Analysis (DEA) \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Elemental Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Microscopy Techniques \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Miscellaneous Techniques \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4. Characterisation of Thermoset Polymers and their Precursors \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Determination of the Molecular Weight of Thermoset Precursors and the Separation of their Oligomers \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Gel Permeation Chromatography \u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Liquid Chromatography Techniques \u003cbr\u003e4.1.3 Epoxy Resins \u003cbr\u003e4.1.4 Polyurethane \u003cbr\u003e4.1.5 Microbore-GPC \u003cbr\u003e4.1.6 Other Techniques \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Polymer Type and Microstructure \u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Infrared Spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 NMR Spectroscopy \u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Identifying Functional Groups \u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography \u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Thermal Analysis Techniques \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5. Determination of Organic Modifiers and Fillers in Thermoset Products \u003cbr\u003e5.1 Determination of Organic Modifiers \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Determination of Fillers \u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Particulate Fillers \u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Fibrous Fillers \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6. Determination of Functional Additives in Thermoset Products \u003cbr\u003e6.1 Antidegradants \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Flow Promoters and Flexibilisers \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Pigments \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Blowing Agents \u003cbr\u003e6.5 Flame Retardants \u003cbr\u003e6.6 Curing Systems \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7. Cure Behavior Studies \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Dielectric Analysis \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Differential Scanning Calorimetry \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Dynamic Mechanical Thermal Analysis\/Dynamic Mechanical Analysis \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Thermal Mechanical Analysis \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Scanning Vibrating Needle Curemeter \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Chromatography Techniques \u003cbr\u003e7.7 Spectroscopy Techniques \u003cbr\u003e7.8 Thermally Stimulated Depolarisation \u003cbr\u003e7.9 Wet Chemistry Techniques \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8. Surface Analysis of Thermosets \u003cbr\u003e8.1 X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) \u003cbr\u003e8.2 Laser Induced Mass Analysis (LIMA) \u003cbr\u003e8.3 Secondary Ion Mass Spectroscopy (SIMS) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9. Failure Diagnosis \u003cbr\u003e9.1 Compositional Problems \u003cbr\u003e9.2 Heat Ageing \u003cbr\u003e9.3 Contamination Problems \u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 Solid Contaminants \u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Liquid Contaminants \u003cbr\u003e9.4 Odor and Emissions Problems \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10.Conclusion\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Martin Forrest has worked in the Polymer Analysis Section at Rapra for fifteen years. He is currently a Principal Consultant, a position he has held for the past four years. He has experience in the analysis of a wide variety of polymers and polymer products using an extensive range of techniques. He is one of the main contacts at Rapra for consultancy and research projects that involve polymer analysis techniques and procedures."}
Description Author: Dr. P. Jershow, Wacker-Chemie GmbH ISBN 978-1-85957-297-9 Published: 2002Pages: 164 Summary Silicone elastomers are important materials for many application areas such as automotive, electric and electronics, domestic appliances and medical. They are increasingly being used to substitute for organic rubbers, because of their advantageous properties. This is a very comprehensive review of the state-of-the-art...
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242214916,"title":"Silicone Elastomers","handle":"978-1-85957-297-9","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Dr. P. Jershow, Wacker-Chemie GmbH \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-297-9 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2002\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 164\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nSilicone elastomers are important materials for many application areas such as automotive, electric and electronics, domestic appliances and medical. They are increasingly being used to substitute for organic rubbers, because of their advantageous properties. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is a very comprehensive review of the state-of-the-art in silicone elastomers. It deals with the advantages of using silicone rubbers, such as high temperature and chemical resistance, pigmentability and transparency, combined with good electrical properties. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt describes processing by extrusion, injection moulding and calendering, and the use of silicones inflexible and rigid mould making. The key issues concerning the processing of silicones are addressed here. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe key material types and the nomenclature used to describe silicones are explained. Room temperature vulcanised (RTV), high temperature vulcanised (HTV) and liquid silicone rubbers (LSR) are all discussed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeciality silicones are continually being developed to meet specific application requirements, for example, standard silicone is a good electrical insulator and is used in cable coverings, however, conductive silicones are now available. These new grades of silicones are described and compared to standard grades for key performance issues. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review is packed with details on specific silicone materials, containing over 50 tables of information together with useful graphs. It is much longer than the usual reviews in this series. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts from the Rapra Abstracts database, to facilitate further reading on this subject.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction \u003cbr\u003e1.1 Nomenclature \u003cbr\u003e2. Silicone Elastomers Market \u003cbr\u003e3. Applications for Silicone Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Automotive \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Healthcare and Medical \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Wire and Cable \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Sanitary, Household, and Leisure \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Transmission and Distribution \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Electronics \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Mould Making \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Food Sector \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Other \u003cbr\u003e4. Composition and Function of Silicone Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction and Classifications \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Properties of Silicone Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Chemistry and Curing Mechanisms of Silicone Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5. RTV - Room Temperature Vulcanising Silicone Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e5.1 General \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Condensation Curing RTVs \u003cbr\u003e5.3 RTV-1 for CIPG and FIPG \u003cbr\u003e5.4 RTV-1 for Baking Tray Coatings \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Adhesive RTV-1 Materials \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Condensation Curing RTV-2 Systems \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Mould Making Condensation Curing RTV-2 Materials \u003cbr\u003e5.8 Condensation Curing RTV-2 Compounds for Encapsulation \u003cbr\u003e5.9 Adhesives and Sealants Based on Condensation Curing RTV-2 Compounds \u003cbr\u003e5.10 Addition Curing RTV-2 Systems \u003cbr\u003e5.11 Silicone Gels \u003cbr\u003e5.12 Addition Curing Systems for Mould Making \u003cbr\u003e5.13 Addition Cured RTV-2 Systems for Encapsulation \u003cbr\u003e5.14 Addition Cured RTV-2 Adhesives and Sealants \u003cbr\u003e5.15 Addition Cured RTV-2 Sponge for Compressible Gaskets \u003cbr\u003e6. Liquid Silicone Rubber \u003cbr\u003e6.1 General \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Curing Mechanism of Liquid Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Standard Liquid Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Speciality LRs \u003cbr\u003e6.5 Pigment Pastes \u003cbr\u003e7. Solid Silicone Rubber \u003cbr\u003e7.1 General \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Curing Mechanisms of Solid Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Standard Solid Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Speciality HTV (all peroxide) \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Addition Cured HTV \u003cbr\u003e8. Processing Silicone Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e8.1 RTV-1 Systems \u003cbr\u003e8.2 RTV-2 Systems \u003cbr\u003e8.3 LR and HTV\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Jerschow is a leading scientist in the field of silicone elastomers having written papers on processing, properties and applications and also on bonding. He works for Wacker-Chemie GmbH, a leading silicone elastomer manufacturer, hence examples in the text are drawn from the Wacker-Chemie repertoire of material grades.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:24-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:24-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2002","adhesives","automotive","book","cable","cost management","cured RTV-2","curing","electronics","healthcare","household","leisure","medical","mold","mould","p-chemistry","plastics","polymer","processing","sanitary","sealants","sponge","transmission","wire"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378354308,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Silicone Elastomers","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-297-9","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-297-9.jpg?v=1499955539"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-297-9.jpg?v=1499955539","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358750453853,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-297-9.jpg?v=1499955539"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-297-9.jpg?v=1499955539","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Dr. P. Jershow, Wacker-Chemie GmbH \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-297-9 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2002\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ePages: 164\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nSilicone elastomers are important materials for many application areas such as automotive, electric and electronics, domestic appliances and medical. They are increasingly being used to substitute for organic rubbers, because of their advantageous properties. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is a very comprehensive review of the state-of-the-art in silicone elastomers. It deals with the advantages of using silicone rubbers, such as high temperature and chemical resistance, pigmentability and transparency, combined with good electrical properties. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt describes processing by extrusion, injection moulding and calendering, and the use of silicones inflexible and rigid mould making. The key issues concerning the processing of silicones are addressed here. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe key material types and the nomenclature used to describe silicones are explained. Room temperature vulcanised (RTV), high temperature vulcanised (HTV) and liquid silicone rubbers (LSR) are all discussed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeciality silicones are continually being developed to meet specific application requirements, for example, standard silicone is a good electrical insulator and is used in cable coverings, however, conductive silicones are now available. These new grades of silicones are described and compared to standard grades for key performance issues. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review is packed with details on specific silicone materials, containing over 50 tables of information together with useful graphs. It is much longer than the usual reviews in this series. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts from the Rapra Abstracts database, to facilitate further reading on this subject.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction \u003cbr\u003e1.1 Nomenclature \u003cbr\u003e2. Silicone Elastomers Market \u003cbr\u003e3. Applications for Silicone Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Automotive \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Healthcare and Medical \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Wire and Cable \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Sanitary, Household, and Leisure \u003cbr\u003e3.5 Transmission and Distribution \u003cbr\u003e3.6 Electronics \u003cbr\u003e3.7 Mould Making \u003cbr\u003e3.8 Food Sector \u003cbr\u003e3.9 Other \u003cbr\u003e4. Composition and Function of Silicone Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction and Classifications \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Properties of Silicone Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Chemistry and Curing Mechanisms of Silicone Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5. RTV - Room Temperature Vulcanising Silicone Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e5.1 General \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Condensation Curing RTVs \u003cbr\u003e5.3 RTV-1 for CIPG and FIPG \u003cbr\u003e5.4 RTV-1 for Baking Tray Coatings \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Adhesive RTV-1 Materials \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Condensation Curing RTV-2 Systems \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Mould Making Condensation Curing RTV-2 Materials \u003cbr\u003e5.8 Condensation Curing RTV-2 Compounds for Encapsulation \u003cbr\u003e5.9 Adhesives and Sealants Based on Condensation Curing RTV-2 Compounds \u003cbr\u003e5.10 Addition Curing RTV-2 Systems \u003cbr\u003e5.11 Silicone Gels \u003cbr\u003e5.12 Addition Curing Systems for Mould Making \u003cbr\u003e5.13 Addition Cured RTV-2 Systems for Encapsulation \u003cbr\u003e5.14 Addition Cured RTV-2 Adhesives and Sealants \u003cbr\u003e5.15 Addition Cured RTV-2 Sponge for Compressible Gaskets \u003cbr\u003e6. Liquid Silicone Rubber \u003cbr\u003e6.1 General \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Curing Mechanism of Liquid Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e6.3 Standard Liquid Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e6.4 Speciality LRs \u003cbr\u003e6.5 Pigment Pastes \u003cbr\u003e7. Solid Silicone Rubber \u003cbr\u003e7.1 General \u003cbr\u003e7.2 Curing Mechanisms of Solid Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e7.3 Standard Solid Silicone Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Speciality HTV (all peroxide) \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Addition Cured HTV \u003cbr\u003e8. Processing Silicone Elastomers \u003cbr\u003e8.1 RTV-1 Systems \u003cbr\u003e8.2 RTV-2 Systems \u003cbr\u003e8.3 LR and HTV\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Jerschow is a leading scientist in the field of silicone elastomers having written papers on processing, properties and applications and also on bonding. He works for Wacker-Chemie GmbH, a leading silicone elastomer manufacturer, hence examples in the text are drawn from the Wacker-Chemie repertoire of material grades."}
Description Author: V. Goodship and J.C. Love, The University of Warwick ISBN 978-1-85957-327-3 pages: 116, figures: 23, tables: 6 Summary Injection moulding is the most important of all the commercial methods of plastics processing. Many variations have been developed and one of the rapidly expanding fields is multi-material injection moulding. This is particularly important where processors...
$115.00
in stock
{"id":11242214852,"title":"Multi-Material Injection Moulding","handle":"978-1-85957-327-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: V. Goodship and J.C. Love, The University of Warwick \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-327-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages: 116, figures: 23, tables: 6\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nInjection moulding is the most important of all the commercial methods of plastics processing. Many variations have been developed and one of the rapidly expanding fields is multi-material injection moulding. This is particularly important where processors are looking to gain technological advantages over rivals by adding value to products. Whilst tooling costs can be very high, cost savings can be made by eliminating assembly steps. This review looks at the many techniques being used, from the terminology to case studies. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are many issues involved in moulding different types of materials together. Advantages are gained in the product by combining different properties. Recyclate can be used as a core material with virgin resin skin. However, there are potential problems. Compatibility is important for interfacial adhesion. Different materials have varying rheological properties and optimal moulding conditions, which can limit material choice. This is a big area for research as there have been few studies on co-molding incompatible polymers. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe three primary types of multi-material injection moulding examined are multi-component, multi-shot and over-moulding. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMulti-component moulding can be further subdivided. Co-injection moulding involves making sequential injections into the same mould with one material as the core and one as the skin. It is also known as sandwich moulding because the core is fully encapsulated. Bi-injection moulding is the simultaneous injection of different materials through different gates. Interval injection moulding, also known as marbling, is the simultaneous injection of different materials through different gates giving limited mixing. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMulti-shot moulding describes any process where distinct material shots are applied to produce the final component. This includes transfer moulding, core back moulding and rotating tool moulding. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOver-moulding includes both insert moulding and lost core moulding, the latter produces hollow parts. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review describes the basic types of multi-material injection moulding, the issues surrounding combining different types of polymers and examples of practical uses of this technology. It is clearly written and difficult concepts are explained with illustrations. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe abstracts from the Polymer Library include many more examples of the use of this technology, giving names of companies and organisations involved in this field.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction \u003cbr\u003e1.1 Multi-Component Moulding \u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 Co-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Bi-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 Interval Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e1.2 Multi-Shot Moulding \u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Transfer \u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Core Back \u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Rotating Tool \u003cbr\u003e1.3 Over-Moulding \u003cbr\u003e1.4 Business Trends \u003cbr\u003e2. Injection Moulding Basics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Stages of Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Plastication \u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Mould Filling \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Packing and Solidification \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Differential Shrinkage and Cooling Effects \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Microstructure of Injection Mouldings \u003cbr\u003e3. Material Selection \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Material Bonding Properties \u003cbr\u003e3.2 General Material Properties \u003cbr\u003e4. Multi-Component Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Co-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Material Selection for Co-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Co-Injection Moulding: Different Techniques \u003cbr\u003e4.1.3 Sequential Injection: Single Channel Technique \u003cbr\u003e4.1.4 Sequential Injection: Mono-Sandwich Technique \u003cbr\u003e4.1.5 Simultaneous Injection: Two Channel Technique \u003cbr\u003e4.1.6 Simultaneous Injection: Three Channel Technique \u003cbr\u003e4.1.7 Part Design and Tooling Requirements for Co-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e4.1.8 Rheology and Mould Filling: Why and How Co-Injection Moulding Works \u003cbr\u003e4.1.9 Immiscible Materials Research in Co-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e4.1.10 Co-Injection Moulding Applications - Case Studies \u003cbr\u003e4.1.11 Recycling and Legislation \u003cbr\u003e4.1.12 Discussion and Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Bi-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Interval Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e5. Multi-Shot Moulding \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Machine Technology \u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Injection Unit Configurations \u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Plastication Design \u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Machine Type \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Core Back Moulding \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Rotating Tool Moulding \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Transfer Moulding \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Multi-Shot with a Single Injection Unit \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Material Selection for Multi-Shot \u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 Material Properties \u003cbr\u003e5.6.2 Material Process Order \u003cbr\u003e5.6.3 Using Thermoset Materials \u003cbr\u003e5.6.4 Liquid Silicone Rubber (LSR) \u003cbr\u003e5.6.5 Thermoplastic Elastomers (TPEs) \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Multi-Shot Moulding Applications - Case Studies \u003cbr\u003e5.7.1 Trio Knob \u003cbr\u003e5.7.2 Stanley Screwdriver \u003cbr\u003e5.8 Limitations to Multi-Shot Moulding \u003cbr\u003e6. Over-Moulding \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Insert Moulding \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Lost Core Moulding \u003cbr\u003e7. The Future? \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms \u003cbr\u003eAbstracts from the Polymer Library Database \u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Goodship is a Senior Research Fellow with 14 years experience in the industry, expertise in coinjection moulding technology and a particular interest in recycling. Jo Love is an experienced materials engineer currently working on in-mould decoration. The authors are based at the Warwick Manufacturing Group in the Advanced Technology Centre at the University of Warwick.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:24-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:24-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2002","book","co-injection molding","injection moulding","insert molding","molding","mould shrinkage","multi-component moulding","multi-shot molding","multi-shot moulding","p-processing","polymer","recycling","rheology","rotating molding transfer molding","rotating moulding transfer moulding","rotational moulding"],"price":11500,"price_min":11500,"price_max":11500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378354180,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Multi-Material Injection Moulding","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":11500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":-3,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-327-3.jpg?v=1499716740"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-327-3.jpg?v=1499716740","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358515671133,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-327-3.jpg?v=1499716740"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-327-3.jpg?v=1499716740","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: V. Goodship and J.C. Love, The University of Warwick \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-327-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages: 116, figures: 23, tables: 6\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nInjection moulding is the most important of all the commercial methods of plastics processing. Many variations have been developed and one of the rapidly expanding fields is multi-material injection moulding. This is particularly important where processors are looking to gain technological advantages over rivals by adding value to products. Whilst tooling costs can be very high, cost savings can be made by eliminating assembly steps. This review looks at the many techniques being used, from the terminology to case studies. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are many issues involved in moulding different types of materials together. Advantages are gained in the product by combining different properties. Recyclate can be used as a core material with virgin resin skin. However, there are potential problems. Compatibility is important for interfacial adhesion. Different materials have varying rheological properties and optimal moulding conditions, which can limit material choice. This is a big area for research as there have been few studies on co-molding incompatible polymers. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe three primary types of multi-material injection moulding examined are multi-component, multi-shot and over-moulding. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMulti-component moulding can be further subdivided. Co-injection moulding involves making sequential injections into the same mould with one material as the core and one as the skin. It is also known as sandwich moulding because the core is fully encapsulated. Bi-injection moulding is the simultaneous injection of different materials through different gates. Interval injection moulding, also known as marbling, is the simultaneous injection of different materials through different gates giving limited mixing. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMulti-shot moulding describes any process where distinct material shots are applied to produce the final component. This includes transfer moulding, core back moulding and rotating tool moulding. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOver-moulding includes both insert moulding and lost core moulding, the latter produces hollow parts. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review describes the basic types of multi-material injection moulding, the issues surrounding combining different types of polymers and examples of practical uses of this technology. It is clearly written and difficult concepts are explained with illustrations. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe abstracts from the Polymer Library include many more examples of the use of this technology, giving names of companies and organisations involved in this field.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction \u003cbr\u003e1.1 Multi-Component Moulding \u003cbr\u003e1.1.1 Co-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e1.1.2 Bi-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e1.1.3 Interval Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e1.2 Multi-Shot Moulding \u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Transfer \u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Core Back \u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Rotating Tool \u003cbr\u003e1.3 Over-Moulding \u003cbr\u003e1.4 Business Trends \u003cbr\u003e2. Injection Moulding Basics \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Stages of Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Plastication \u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Mould Filling \u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Packing and Solidification \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Differential Shrinkage and Cooling Effects \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Microstructure of Injection Mouldings \u003cbr\u003e3. Material Selection \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Material Bonding Properties \u003cbr\u003e3.2 General Material Properties \u003cbr\u003e4. Multi-Component Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Co-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Material Selection for Co-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Co-Injection Moulding: Different Techniques \u003cbr\u003e4.1.3 Sequential Injection: Single Channel Technique \u003cbr\u003e4.1.4 Sequential Injection: Mono-Sandwich Technique \u003cbr\u003e4.1.5 Simultaneous Injection: Two Channel Technique \u003cbr\u003e4.1.6 Simultaneous Injection: Three Channel Technique \u003cbr\u003e4.1.7 Part Design and Tooling Requirements for Co-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e4.1.8 Rheology and Mould Filling: Why and How Co-Injection Moulding Works \u003cbr\u003e4.1.9 Immiscible Materials Research in Co-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e4.1.10 Co-Injection Moulding Applications - Case Studies \u003cbr\u003e4.1.11 Recycling and Legislation \u003cbr\u003e4.1.12 Discussion and Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Bi-Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Interval Injection Moulding \u003cbr\u003e5. Multi-Shot Moulding \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Machine Technology \u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Injection Unit Configurations \u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Plastication Design \u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Machine Type \u003cbr\u003e5.2 Core Back Moulding \u003cbr\u003e5.3 Rotating Tool Moulding \u003cbr\u003e5.4 Transfer Moulding \u003cbr\u003e5.5 Multi-Shot with a Single Injection Unit \u003cbr\u003e5.6 Material Selection for Multi-Shot \u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 Material Properties \u003cbr\u003e5.6.2 Material Process Order \u003cbr\u003e5.6.3 Using Thermoset Materials \u003cbr\u003e5.6.4 Liquid Silicone Rubber (LSR) \u003cbr\u003e5.6.5 Thermoplastic Elastomers (TPEs) \u003cbr\u003e5.7 Multi-Shot Moulding Applications - Case Studies \u003cbr\u003e5.7.1 Trio Knob \u003cbr\u003e5.7.2 Stanley Screwdriver \u003cbr\u003e5.8 Limitations to Multi-Shot Moulding \u003cbr\u003e6. Over-Moulding \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Insert Moulding \u003cbr\u003e6.2 Lost Core Moulding \u003cbr\u003e7. The Future? \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms \u003cbr\u003eAbstracts from the Polymer Library Database \u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Goodship is a Senior Research Fellow with 14 years experience in the industry, expertise in coinjection moulding technology and a particular interest in recycling. Jo Love is an experienced materials engineer currently working on in-mould decoration. The authors are based at the Warwick Manufacturing Group in the Advanced Technology Centre at the University of Warwick."}
Description Author: D.J. Knight and M.B. Thomas ISBN 978-1-85957-372-3 Published: 2003pages 474 Summary There are many different chemicals and materials in use today. These are subject to stringent regulations, which include a requirement for physicochemical and toxicity testing. In some countries, existing chemicals are also undergoing safety checks. The aim is to determine their hazardous properties...
$180.00
in stock
{"id":11242214724,"title":"Practical Guide to Chemical Safety Testing","handle":"978-1-85957-372-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D.J. Knight and M.B. Thomas \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-372-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2003\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages 474\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThere are many different chemicals and materials in use today. These are subject to stringent regulations, which include a requirement for physicochemical and toxicity testing. In some countries, existing chemicals are also undergoing safety checks. The aim is to determine their hazardous properties and the risks involved in using substances. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHealth and safety of the environment and the individual are becoming of prime importance to society and extensive legislation has been developed. To the R\u0026amp;D chemist, this is a maze to negotiate when trying to introduce a new material or chemical into a different marketplace. What tests are required and for which markets? What do the test results mean? Who are the key organisations in each global region? Legislation varies between applications and often the quantity of chemical in use is critical to determining the level of testing required. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA Practical Guide to Chemical Safety Testing describes the different tests that must be performed on new chemicals and other materials to demonstrate to the regulatory authorities that they are safe for use. Tests vary from physico-chemical, measuring properties such as melting point and density, through genetic toxicity studies, to mammalian toxicology and studies to investigate effects on the environment. Animal testing is carried out to look for potential irritants, harmful substances, corrosive agents, allergens, cancer causing potential, etc. Each test type is described here and the validity of the test methods is debated. For example, there are sometimes major differences between simple model systems using cell lines or bacteria, effects in laboratory animals and, most importantly, with effects on humans. This can give rise to a misleading interpretation of results. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere is a chapter devoted to alternatives to animal testing for safety evaluation. Many non-animal screening tests are available. It is also becoming increasingly possible to cross-match many new chemicals with existing toxicity data to predict potential carcinogenicity, allergenicity, etc. These approaches can reduce the test requirements for the chemical, although a structural alert showing the presence of a suspect chemical moiety can trigger definitive toxicological assessment. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEcotoxicological testing is carried out to determine the level of hazard to organisms in the environment. Important properties used to estimate environmental fate include the solubility of the test material in water, its ability to adsorb to soil and its potential for accumulation in animals. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRegulations vary depending on the intended purpose of a material, and this book describes the requirements for general chemicals, polymers, food contact materials, medical devices, and biocides. Often the quantity imported into a region determines the stringency of the testing required. The EU, the USA, Japan and other geographical regions each have its own set of regulations. These are outlined here. In some instances, approval of a chemical in one country will lead to automatic approval in a second country. In other cases, new testing is required. This is a very complex situation. The second half of this book sets out to untangle the web of legal issues facing manufacturers and suppliers. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book is essential reading for chemical and material manufacturers and suppliers. It describes clearly the process of obtaining approval for use in a variety of global regions and across different applications. It also explains why different tests are performed and the implications of the results.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Purpose of the Book\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Purpose of Safety Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Safety Studies\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Risk Assessment and Safety Data\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Regulatory Schemes\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Summary \u003cbr\u003e2 Mammalian Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Acute Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Acute Oral Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Dermal Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Inhalation Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Alternative Acute Oral Toxicity Methods\u003cbr\u003e2.2.7 Local Tolerance Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.2.8 Contact Sensitisation\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Repeated Dose Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Importance of Repeated Dose Toxicity\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Reproduction Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Alternative Approaches\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Carcinogenicity\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3 Dose Levels\u003cbr\u003e2.5.4 Conduct of Study\u003cbr\u003e2.5.5 Data Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e2.5.6 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e2.5.7 Alternative Approaches\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Medical Device Testing\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1 Exposure Routes\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2 Dose Preparation\u003cbr\u003e2.6.3 Cytotoxicity Testing of Medical Devices \u003cbr\u003e3 Genetic Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Mechanisms of Mutation – Genes and Chromosomes\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Standard Genetic Toxicology Assays\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Bacterial Mutagenicity Assays\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Chromosome Aberration Tests In Vitro\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Mammalian Cell Gene Mutation Assays In Vitro\u003cbr\u003e3.7 The In Vivo Micronucleus Test\u003cbr\u003e3.8 The Unscheduled DNA Synthesis Assay\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e4 Ecotoxicology\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Bacterial Toxicity Testing\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Ready Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Inherent Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Simulation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Anaerobic Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Aquatic Toxicity Testing\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Acute Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Analytical Measurements\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Difficult Substances\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Chronic Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Fish Bioaccumulation Test\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Sediment Toxicity Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Terrestrial Toxicity Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Earthworms\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Bees and Beneficial\u003cbr\u003e4.7.3 Plant Growth Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Microcosm and Mesocosm Studies\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003e5 Physico-Chemical Properties\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Performance of the General Physico-Chemical Tests\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Melting Temperature\/Melting Range (OECD Test Guideline 102)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Boiling Point (OECD Test Guideline 103)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Vapour Pressure (OECD Test Guideline 104)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Water Solubility (OECD Test Guideline 105)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Partition Coefficient (OECD Test Guidelines and 117)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Adsorption Coefficient (OECD Test Guidelines 106 and 121)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Density\/Relative Density (OECD Test Guideline 109)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 Particle Size Distribution (OECD Test Guideline 110)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 Hydrolysis as a Function of pH (OECD Test Guideline 111)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.10 Dissociation Constant (OECD Test Guideline 112)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.11 Surface Tension (OECD Test Guideline 115)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.12 Fat Solubility (OECD Test Guideline 116)\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Performance of the Polymer Specific Physico-Chemical Tests\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Number-Average Molecular Weight and Molecular Weight Distribution of Polymers (OECD Test Guideline 118)\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Solution\/Extraction Behaviour of Polymers in Water (OECD Test Guideline 120)\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Performance of the Hazardous Physico-Chemical Tests\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Flash Point (EC Method A9)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Flammable Solids (EC Method A10)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Flammable Gases (EC Method A11), Flammable Substances on Contact with Water (EC Method A12) and Substances Liable to Spontaneous Combustion (EC Method A13)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.4 Explosive Properties (EC Method A14)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.5 Auto-ignition Temperature, Liquids and Gases (EC Method A15) and Relative Self–ignition Temperature, Solids (EC Method A16)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.6 Oxidising Properties (EC Method A17)\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Order in which Physico-Chemical Tests are Performed\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003e6 Alternatives to Animal Testing for Safety Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Validation of Alternative Methods\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Aspects of Human Toxicity Targeted By In Vitro Assays\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Systemic Toxicological Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Validated Tests Currently in Use in the EU\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Structure-Activity Relationships and Prediction of Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Strategies to Minimise Use of Animals\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Future Developments and Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e7 Toxicological Assessment within a Risk Assessment Framework\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Definitions and Concepts\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Risk\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Exposure Scenarios\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Routes of Administration\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Exposure Prediction\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Judgements\u003cbr\u003e7.4.1 The ‘Precautionary Principle’\u003cbr\u003e7.4.2 What Test and When?\u003cbr\u003e7.4.3 The Interpretation of Toxicity Test Results for Classification and Labelling Purposes\u003cbr\u003e7.4.4 Risk Assessment and Risk Evaluation – Interpretation of General Toxicity\u003cbr\u003e7.4.5 Mutagenicity, Carcinogenicity and Reproductive Toxicity\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Risk Management\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Final Word \u003cbr\u003e8 Environmental Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Exposure Assessment\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Identification of the Target Compartments\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Estimation of Emissions or Releases\u003cbr\u003e8.2.3 Distribution and Degradation in the Environment (Environmental Fate)\u003cbr\u003e8.2.4 Predicted Environmental Concentrations\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Effects Assessment\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Estimating PNECs by Applying Uncertainty Factors\u003cbr\u003e8.3.2 The Statistical Extrapolation Method\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Risk Characterisation\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003ePART 2: REGULATORY FRAMEWORK \u003cbr\u003e9 EU Chemical Legislation\u003cbr\u003e9.1 EU Legislation within the European Economic Area and Europe\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Notification of New Substances\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 History of the Notification Process\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Data Sharing\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Base Set Studies for Full Notification\u003cbr\u003e9.2.4 Reduced Notification Studies\u003cbr\u003e9.2.5 Level 1 and Level 2 Notification Studies\u003cbr\u003e9.2.6 The Notification Summary Form\u003cbr\u003e9.2.7 The Sole-Representative Facility\u003cbr\u003e9.2.8 Polymers\u003cbr\u003e9.2.9 Derogations\/Exemptions from Notification\u003cbr\u003e9.2.10 Confidentiality\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 Human Health Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Environment Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Existing Chemicals Regulation\u003cbr\u003e9.4.1 Data Collection\u003cbr\u003e9.4.2 Priority Setting\u003cbr\u003e9.4.3 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Chemical Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e9.5.1 Classification and Labelling of Dangerous Substances\u003cbr\u003e9.5.2 Classification and Labelling of Dangerous Preparations\u003cbr\u003e9.5.3 Safety Data Sheets\u003cbr\u003e9.6 Transport Regulations\u003cbr\u003e9.6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e9.6.2 The United Nations Transportation Classification Scheme\u003cbr\u003e9.6.3 Transport of Marine Pollutants\u003cbr\u003e9.7 National Chemical Control Measures\u003cbr\u003e9.7.1 National Product Registers\u003cbr\u003e9.7.2 German Water Hazard Classification Scheme\u003cbr\u003e9.8 Other EU Legislation for Specific Product Types\u003cbr\u003e9.8.1 Control of Cosmetics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e9.8.2 Detergents\u003cbr\u003e9.8.3Offshore Chemical Notification Scheme: Oslo and Paris Convention for the Protection of the North East Atlantic\u003cbr\u003e9.9 Summary and Future Developments \u003cbr\u003e10 Chemical Control in Japan\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Introduction to the Japanese Regulatory Culture\u003cbr\u003e10.2 The Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry and Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare Chemical Substances Control Law\u003cbr\u003e10.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e10.2.2 The Inventory of Existing Substances\u003cbr\u003e10.2.3 Exemptions from Notification\u003cbr\u003e10.2.4 Standard Notification\u003cbr\u003e10.2.5 Polymer Notification\u003cbr\u003e10.2.6 Class I and II Specified and Designated Substances\u003cbr\u003e10.3 The Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare Industrial Safety and Health Law\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Hazard Communication and Product Liability\u003cbr\u003e10.5 Other Chemical Legislation\u003cbr\u003e10.6 Summary \u003cbr\u003e11 Chemical Control in the US and the Rest of the World\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e11.2 US Chemical Legislation: The Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Key Objectives of TSCA\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 The TSCA Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.2.3 Testing of Existing Substances\u003cbr\u003e11.2.4 Manufacturing and Processing Notices\u003cbr\u003e11.2.5 PMN Requirements\u003cbr\u003e11.2.6 Significant New Use Rules (SNURs)\u003cbr\u003e11.2.7 Exemptions from PMN\u003cbr\u003e11.3 US Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)\u003cbr\u003e11.4 The US Chemical Right-to-Know Initiative for High Production Volume Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e11.4.1 Voluntary Challenge Programme\u003cbr\u003e11.4.2 Persistent Bioaccumulative Toxic (PBT) Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e11.4.3 US Voluntary Children’s Chemical Evaluation Program\u003cbr\u003e11.5 Chemical Control Legislation in Canada\u003cbr\u003e11.5.1 The Canadian Environmental Protection Act\u003cbr\u003e11.5.2 Inventories\u003cbr\u003e11.5.3 Environmental Assessment Regulations\u003cbr\u003e11.5.4 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.5.5 Significant New Activity Notice\u003cbr\u003e11.5.6 Administration\u003cbr\u003e11.5.7 Inspection, Enforcement and Penalties\u003cbr\u003e11.5.8 Future Changes\u003cbr\u003e11.5.9 The Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System\u003cbr\u003e11.6 Chemical Control Legislation in Switzerland\u003cbr\u003e11.6.1 The Federal Law on Trade in Toxic Substances\u003cbr\u003e11.6.2 The Federal Law on Environmental Protection\u003cbr\u003e11.7 Notification of New Chemical Substances in Australia\u003cbr\u003e11.7.1 National Industrial Chemicals (Notification and Assessment) Scheme\u003cbr\u003e11.7.2 Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.7.3 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.7.4 Existing Substances\u003cbr\u003e11.7.5 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.8 Chemical Control in Korea\u003cbr\u003e11.8.1 The Toxic Chemicals Control Law and Ministry of Environment Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.8.2 The Industrial Safety and Health Law and Ministry of Labour Toxicity Examination\u003cbr\u003e11.8.3 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.9 Chemical Control in the Philippines\u003cbr\u003e11.9.1 The Toxic Substances and Hazardous and Nuclear Wastes Control Act\u003cbr\u003e11.9.2 Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.9.3 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.9.4 Administration\u003cbr\u003e11.9.5 Priority Chemicals List (PCL)\u003cbr\u003e11.10 Chemical Control in The People’s Republic of China\u003cbr\u003e11.10.1 Latest Developments\u003cbr\u003e11.10.2 First Import and Toxic Chemicals Regulations\u003cbr\u003e11.10.3 Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.10.4 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.11 Chemical Control in New Zealand\u003cbr\u003e11.11.1 Toxic Substances Act\u003cbr\u003e11.11.2 Resource Management Act\u003cbr\u003e11.11.3 Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act\u003cbr\u003e11.11.4 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.11.5 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.12 Mexico\u003cbr\u003e11.12.1 Legislation\u003cbr\u003e11.12.2 Safety Data Sheets\u003cbr\u003e11.13 Singapore\u003cbr\u003e11.14 Malaysia\u003cbr\u003e11.15 Thailand\u003cbr\u003e11.16 Indonesia\u003cbr\u003e11.17 Taiwan\u003cbr\u003e11.18 HPV Programmes\u003cbr\u003e11.18.1 OECD\u003cbr\u003e11.18.2 International Council of Chemical Associations Global Initiative\u003cbr\u003e11.19 Useful Web Sites \u003cbr\u003e12 Notification of Polymers Worldwide\u003cbr\u003e12.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e12.2 North America\u003cbr\u003e12.2.1 USA\u003cbr\u003e12.2.2 Canada\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Asia Pacific\u003cbr\u003e12.3.1 Japan\u003cbr\u003e12.3.2 Australia\u003cbr\u003e12.3.3 New Zealand\u003cbr\u003e12.3.4 Korea\u003cbr\u003e12.3.5 Philippines\u003cbr\u003e12.3.6 China\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Europe\u003cbr\u003e12.4.1 EU\u003cbr\u003e12.4.2 Switzerland\u003cbr\u003e12.5 Overall Comparison of the Nine Polymer Notification Schemes \u003cbr\u003e13 Medical Device Regulation\u003cbr\u003e13.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e13.2 European Economic Area\u003cbr\u003e13.2.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e13.2.2 Before Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.2.3 After Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.3 United States of America\u003cbr\u003e13.3.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e13.3.2 Before Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.3.3 After Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.4 Japan\u003cbr\u003e13.4.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e13.4.2 Before Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.4.3 After Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.5 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003e14 Regulation of Food Packaging in the EU and US\u003cbr\u003e14.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e14.2 Control of Food Packaging in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.2.1 EU Framework Directive\u003cbr\u003e14.2.2 Food Contact Plastics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.2.3 Future Developments for Food Plastics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.2.4 Other EU Food Packaging Measures\u003cbr\u003e14.2.5 Strategy for Food Contact Plastic Approval in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.3 National Controls on Food Packaging in EU Countries\u003cbr\u003e14.3.1 Germany\u003cbr\u003e14.3.2 France\u003cbr\u003e14.3.3 The Netherlands\u003cbr\u003e14.3.4 Belgium\u003cbr\u003e14.3.5 Italy\u003cbr\u003e14.4 Council of Europe Work on Food Packaging\u003cbr\u003e14.4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e14.4.2 Completed Council of Europe Resolutions\u003cbr\u003e14.4.3 Council of Europe Ongoing Work\u003cbr\u003e14.5 Food Packaging in the USA\u003cbr\u003e14.5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e14.5.2 History and Development of US Food Packaging Legislation\u003cbr\u003e14.5.3 The FDA Petition\u003cbr\u003e14.5.4 Threshold of Regulation Process\u003cbr\u003e14.5.5 The Pre-Marketing Notification Scheme \u003cbr\u003e15 Regulation of Biocides\u003cbr\u003e15.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e15.2 Control of Biocides in the EU\u003cbr\u003e15.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e15.2.2 Main Features of the Directive\u003cbr\u003e15.2.3 System of Approval\u003cbr\u003e15.2.4 Assessment for the Inclusion of Active Substances in Annex I of the Biocidal Products Directive\u003cbr\u003e15.2.5 Authorisation of Biocidal Products\u003cbr\u003e15.2.6 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e15.2.7 The Review Programme for Existing Active Substances\u003cbr\u003e15.2.8 Technical Guidance\u003cbr\u003e15.3 Control of Biocides in the USA\u003cbr\u003e15.3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e15.3.2 Data Requirements for Registration\u003cbr\u003e15.3.3 Registration Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.3.4 Data Compensation\u003cbr\u003e15.3.5 Re-Registration of Existing Pesticides\u003cbr\u003e15.3.6 Petition for a Pesticide Tolerance\u003cbr\u003e15.3.7 Regulation of Food Contact Biocides\u003cbr\u003e15.4 Regulation of Biocides in Other Countries\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Derek Knight is the Director of Regulatory Affairs at Safepharm Laboratories Ltd. He is an expert in regulatory requirements, providing advice on testing and document submission to regulatory authorities. He has a doctorate in chemistry from Oxford University and is a Fellow of the Royal Society of Chemistry and the British Institute of Regulatory Affairs. He has published extensively on regulatory issues, alternatives to animal testing, food contact materials, and biocides. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMike Thomas is the Marketing Director for Safepharm Laboratories. He graduated in zoology and chemistry from London University and went on to a career in toxicity testing, including working on a wide range of toxicity studies. Prior to joining Safepharm, he was Director of Biological Services at International Consulting and Laboratory Services Ltd., of London.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:23-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:23-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2003","acute","air monitoring","book","classification","dose","environment","food","hazard","health","inhalation","labelling","legislation","marine","medical","methodology","oral","p-testing","packaging","pesticide","plastics","pollutants","polymer","rubber","safety","substances control","toxic","toxicity","transport","TSCA","UN"],"price":18000,"price_min":18000,"price_max":18000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378354116,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Practical Guide to Chemical Safety Testing","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":18000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-372-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-372-3.jpg?v=1499726043"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-372-3.jpg?v=1499726043","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358716768349,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-372-3.jpg?v=1499726043"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-372-3.jpg?v=1499726043","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D.J. Knight and M.B. Thomas \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-372-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2003\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003epages 474\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThere are many different chemicals and materials in use today. These are subject to stringent regulations, which include a requirement for physicochemical and toxicity testing. In some countries, existing chemicals are also undergoing safety checks. The aim is to determine their hazardous properties and the risks involved in using substances. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHealth and safety of the environment and the individual are becoming of prime importance to society and extensive legislation has been developed. To the R\u0026amp;D chemist, this is a maze to negotiate when trying to introduce a new material or chemical into a different marketplace. What tests are required and for which markets? What do the test results mean? Who are the key organisations in each global region? Legislation varies between applications and often the quantity of chemical in use is critical to determining the level of testing required. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA Practical Guide to Chemical Safety Testing describes the different tests that must be performed on new chemicals and other materials to demonstrate to the regulatory authorities that they are safe for use. Tests vary from physico-chemical, measuring properties such as melting point and density, through genetic toxicity studies, to mammalian toxicology and studies to investigate effects on the environment. Animal testing is carried out to look for potential irritants, harmful substances, corrosive agents, allergens, cancer causing potential, etc. Each test type is described here and the validity of the test methods is debated. For example, there are sometimes major differences between simple model systems using cell lines or bacteria, effects in laboratory animals and, most importantly, with effects on humans. This can give rise to a misleading interpretation of results. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere is a chapter devoted to alternatives to animal testing for safety evaluation. Many non-animal screening tests are available. It is also becoming increasingly possible to cross-match many new chemicals with existing toxicity data to predict potential carcinogenicity, allergenicity, etc. These approaches can reduce the test requirements for the chemical, although a structural alert showing the presence of a suspect chemical moiety can trigger definitive toxicological assessment. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEcotoxicological testing is carried out to determine the level of hazard to organisms in the environment. Important properties used to estimate environmental fate include the solubility of the test material in water, its ability to adsorb to soil and its potential for accumulation in animals. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRegulations vary depending on the intended purpose of a material, and this book describes the requirements for general chemicals, polymers, food contact materials, medical devices, and biocides. Often the quantity imported into a region determines the stringency of the testing required. The EU, the USA, Japan and other geographical regions each have its own set of regulations. These are outlined here. In some instances, approval of a chemical in one country will lead to automatic approval in a second country. In other cases, new testing is required. This is a very complex situation. The second half of this book sets out to untangle the web of legal issues facing manufacturers and suppliers. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book is essential reading for chemical and material manufacturers and suppliers. It describes clearly the process of obtaining approval for use in a variety of global regions and across different applications. It also explains why different tests are performed and the implications of the results.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Purpose of the Book\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Purpose of Safety Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Safety Studies\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Risk Assessment and Safety Data\u003cbr\u003e1.5 Regulatory Schemes\u003cbr\u003e1.6 Summary \u003cbr\u003e2 Mammalian Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Acute Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Acute Oral Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Dermal Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Inhalation Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Alternative Acute Oral Toxicity Methods\u003cbr\u003e2.2.7 Local Tolerance Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.2.8 Contact Sensitisation\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Repeated Dose Toxicity Studies\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Importance of Repeated Dose Toxicity\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Reproduction Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Alternative Approaches\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Carcinogenicity\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Nature and Relevance of Tests\u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Methodology\u003cbr\u003e2.5.3 Dose Levels\u003cbr\u003e2.5.4 Conduct of Study\u003cbr\u003e2.5.5 Data Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e2.5.6 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e2.5.7 Alternative Approaches\u003cbr\u003e2.6 Medical Device Testing\u003cbr\u003e2.6.1 Exposure Routes\u003cbr\u003e2.6.2 Dose Preparation\u003cbr\u003e2.6.3 Cytotoxicity Testing of Medical Devices \u003cbr\u003e3 Genetic Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Mechanisms of Mutation – Genes and Chromosomes\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Standard Genetic Toxicology Assays\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Bacterial Mutagenicity Assays\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Chromosome Aberration Tests In Vitro\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Mammalian Cell Gene Mutation Assays In Vitro\u003cbr\u003e3.7 The In Vivo Micronucleus Test\u003cbr\u003e3.8 The Unscheduled DNA Synthesis Assay\u003cbr\u003e3.9 Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e4 Ecotoxicology\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Bacterial Toxicity Testing\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Ready Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Inherent Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Simulation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Anaerobic Biodegradation Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Aquatic Toxicity Testing\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Acute Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Analytical Measurements\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Difficult Substances\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Chronic Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Fish Bioaccumulation Test\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Sediment Toxicity Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Terrestrial Toxicity Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.7.1 Earthworms\u003cbr\u003e4.7.2 Bees and Beneficial\u003cbr\u003e4.7.3 Plant Growth Tests\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Microcosm and Mesocosm Studies\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003e5 Physico-Chemical Properties\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Performance of the General Physico-Chemical Tests\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Melting Temperature\/Melting Range (OECD Test Guideline 102)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Boiling Point (OECD Test Guideline 103)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Vapour Pressure (OECD Test Guideline 104)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Water Solubility (OECD Test Guideline 105)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Partition Coefficient (OECD Test Guidelines and 117)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Adsorption Coefficient (OECD Test Guidelines 106 and 121)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Density\/Relative Density (OECD Test Guideline 109)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 Particle Size Distribution (OECD Test Guideline 110)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 Hydrolysis as a Function of pH (OECD Test Guideline 111)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.10 Dissociation Constant (OECD Test Guideline 112)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.11 Surface Tension (OECD Test Guideline 115)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.12 Fat Solubility (OECD Test Guideline 116)\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Performance of the Polymer Specific Physico-Chemical Tests\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Number-Average Molecular Weight and Molecular Weight Distribution of Polymers (OECD Test Guideline 118)\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Solution\/Extraction Behaviour of Polymers in Water (OECD Test Guideline 120)\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Performance of the Hazardous Physico-Chemical Tests\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Flash Point (EC Method A9)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Flammable Solids (EC Method A10)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Flammable Gases (EC Method A11), Flammable Substances on Contact with Water (EC Method A12) and Substances Liable to Spontaneous Combustion (EC Method A13)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.4 Explosive Properties (EC Method A14)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.5 Auto-ignition Temperature, Liquids and Gases (EC Method A15) and Relative Self–ignition Temperature, Solids (EC Method A16)\u003cbr\u003e5.4.6 Oxidising Properties (EC Method A17)\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Order in which Physico-Chemical Tests are Performed\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003e6 Alternatives to Animal Testing for Safety Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Validation of Alternative Methods\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Aspects of Human Toxicity Targeted By In Vitro Assays\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Systemic Toxicological Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Validated Tests Currently in Use in the EU\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Structure-Activity Relationships and Prediction of Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Strategies to Minimise Use of Animals\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Future Developments and Conclusions \u003cbr\u003e7 Toxicological Assessment within a Risk Assessment Framework\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Definitions and Concepts\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Risk\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Toxicology\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Exposure Scenarios\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Routes of Administration\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Exposure Prediction\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Judgements\u003cbr\u003e7.4.1 The ‘Precautionary Principle’\u003cbr\u003e7.4.2 What Test and When?\u003cbr\u003e7.4.3 The Interpretation of Toxicity Test Results for Classification and Labelling Purposes\u003cbr\u003e7.4.4 Risk Assessment and Risk Evaluation – Interpretation of General Toxicity\u003cbr\u003e7.4.5 Mutagenicity, Carcinogenicity and Reproductive Toxicity\u003cbr\u003e7.5 Risk Management\u003cbr\u003e7.6 Final Word \u003cbr\u003e8 Environmental Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Exposure Assessment\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Identification of the Target Compartments\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Estimation of Emissions or Releases\u003cbr\u003e8.2.3 Distribution and Degradation in the Environment (Environmental Fate)\u003cbr\u003e8.2.4 Predicted Environmental Concentrations\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Effects Assessment\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Estimating PNECs by Applying Uncertainty Factors\u003cbr\u003e8.3.2 The Statistical Extrapolation Method\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Risk Characterisation\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003ePART 2: REGULATORY FRAMEWORK \u003cbr\u003e9 EU Chemical Legislation\u003cbr\u003e9.1 EU Legislation within the European Economic Area and Europe\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Notification of New Substances\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 History of the Notification Process\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Data Sharing\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Base Set Studies for Full Notification\u003cbr\u003e9.2.4 Reduced Notification Studies\u003cbr\u003e9.2.5 Level 1 and Level 2 Notification Studies\u003cbr\u003e9.2.6 The Notification Summary Form\u003cbr\u003e9.2.7 The Sole-Representative Facility\u003cbr\u003e9.2.8 Polymers\u003cbr\u003e9.2.9 Derogations\/Exemptions from Notification\u003cbr\u003e9.2.10 Confidentiality\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.3.1 Human Health Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.3.2 Environment Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Existing Chemicals Regulation\u003cbr\u003e9.4.1 Data Collection\u003cbr\u003e9.4.2 Priority Setting\u003cbr\u003e9.4.3 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Chemical Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e9.5.1 Classification and Labelling of Dangerous Substances\u003cbr\u003e9.5.2 Classification and Labelling of Dangerous Preparations\u003cbr\u003e9.5.3 Safety Data Sheets\u003cbr\u003e9.6 Transport Regulations\u003cbr\u003e9.6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e9.6.2 The United Nations Transportation Classification Scheme\u003cbr\u003e9.6.3 Transport of Marine Pollutants\u003cbr\u003e9.7 National Chemical Control Measures\u003cbr\u003e9.7.1 National Product Registers\u003cbr\u003e9.7.2 German Water Hazard Classification Scheme\u003cbr\u003e9.8 Other EU Legislation for Specific Product Types\u003cbr\u003e9.8.1 Control of Cosmetics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e9.8.2 Detergents\u003cbr\u003e9.8.3Offshore Chemical Notification Scheme: Oslo and Paris Convention for the Protection of the North East Atlantic\u003cbr\u003e9.9 Summary and Future Developments \u003cbr\u003e10 Chemical Control in Japan\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Introduction to the Japanese Regulatory Culture\u003cbr\u003e10.2 The Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry and Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare Chemical Substances Control Law\u003cbr\u003e10.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e10.2.2 The Inventory of Existing Substances\u003cbr\u003e10.2.3 Exemptions from Notification\u003cbr\u003e10.2.4 Standard Notification\u003cbr\u003e10.2.5 Polymer Notification\u003cbr\u003e10.2.6 Class I and II Specified and Designated Substances\u003cbr\u003e10.3 The Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare Industrial Safety and Health Law\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Hazard Communication and Product Liability\u003cbr\u003e10.5 Other Chemical Legislation\u003cbr\u003e10.6 Summary \u003cbr\u003e11 Chemical Control in the US and the Rest of the World\u003cbr\u003e11.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e11.2 US Chemical Legislation: The Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)\u003cbr\u003e11.2.1 Key Objectives of TSCA\u003cbr\u003e11.2.2 The TSCA Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.2.3 Testing of Existing Substances\u003cbr\u003e11.2.4 Manufacturing and Processing Notices\u003cbr\u003e11.2.5 PMN Requirements\u003cbr\u003e11.2.6 Significant New Use Rules (SNURs)\u003cbr\u003e11.2.7 Exemptions from PMN\u003cbr\u003e11.3 US Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)\u003cbr\u003e11.4 The US Chemical Right-to-Know Initiative for High Production Volume Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e11.4.1 Voluntary Challenge Programme\u003cbr\u003e11.4.2 Persistent Bioaccumulative Toxic (PBT) Chemicals\u003cbr\u003e11.4.3 US Voluntary Children’s Chemical Evaluation Program\u003cbr\u003e11.5 Chemical Control Legislation in Canada\u003cbr\u003e11.5.1 The Canadian Environmental Protection Act\u003cbr\u003e11.5.2 Inventories\u003cbr\u003e11.5.3 Environmental Assessment Regulations\u003cbr\u003e11.5.4 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.5.5 Significant New Activity Notice\u003cbr\u003e11.5.6 Administration\u003cbr\u003e11.5.7 Inspection, Enforcement and Penalties\u003cbr\u003e11.5.8 Future Changes\u003cbr\u003e11.5.9 The Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System\u003cbr\u003e11.6 Chemical Control Legislation in Switzerland\u003cbr\u003e11.6.1 The Federal Law on Trade in Toxic Substances\u003cbr\u003e11.6.2 The Federal Law on Environmental Protection\u003cbr\u003e11.7 Notification of New Chemical Substances in Australia\u003cbr\u003e11.7.1 National Industrial Chemicals (Notification and Assessment) Scheme\u003cbr\u003e11.7.2 Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.7.3 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.7.4 Existing Substances\u003cbr\u003e11.7.5 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.8 Chemical Control in Korea\u003cbr\u003e11.8.1 The Toxic Chemicals Control Law and Ministry of Environment Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.8.2 The Industrial Safety and Health Law and Ministry of Labour Toxicity Examination\u003cbr\u003e11.8.3 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.9 Chemical Control in the Philippines\u003cbr\u003e11.9.1 The Toxic Substances and Hazardous and Nuclear Wastes Control Act\u003cbr\u003e11.9.2 Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.9.3 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.9.4 Administration\u003cbr\u003e11.9.5 Priority Chemicals List (PCL)\u003cbr\u003e11.10 Chemical Control in The People’s Republic of China\u003cbr\u003e11.10.1 Latest Developments\u003cbr\u003e11.10.2 First Import and Toxic Chemicals Regulations\u003cbr\u003e11.10.3 Inventory\u003cbr\u003e11.10.4 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.11 Chemical Control in New Zealand\u003cbr\u003e11.11.1 Toxic Substances Act\u003cbr\u003e11.11.2 Resource Management Act\u003cbr\u003e11.11.3 Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act\u003cbr\u003e11.11.4 Data Requirements for Notification\u003cbr\u003e11.11.5 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e11.12 Mexico\u003cbr\u003e11.12.1 Legislation\u003cbr\u003e11.12.2 Safety Data Sheets\u003cbr\u003e11.13 Singapore\u003cbr\u003e11.14 Malaysia\u003cbr\u003e11.15 Thailand\u003cbr\u003e11.16 Indonesia\u003cbr\u003e11.17 Taiwan\u003cbr\u003e11.18 HPV Programmes\u003cbr\u003e11.18.1 OECD\u003cbr\u003e11.18.2 International Council of Chemical Associations Global Initiative\u003cbr\u003e11.19 Useful Web Sites \u003cbr\u003e12 Notification of Polymers Worldwide\u003cbr\u003e12.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e12.2 North America\u003cbr\u003e12.2.1 USA\u003cbr\u003e12.2.2 Canada\u003cbr\u003e12.3 Asia Pacific\u003cbr\u003e12.3.1 Japan\u003cbr\u003e12.3.2 Australia\u003cbr\u003e12.3.3 New Zealand\u003cbr\u003e12.3.4 Korea\u003cbr\u003e12.3.5 Philippines\u003cbr\u003e12.3.6 China\u003cbr\u003e12.4 Europe\u003cbr\u003e12.4.1 EU\u003cbr\u003e12.4.2 Switzerland\u003cbr\u003e12.5 Overall Comparison of the Nine Polymer Notification Schemes \u003cbr\u003e13 Medical Device Regulation\u003cbr\u003e13.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e13.2 European Economic Area\u003cbr\u003e13.2.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e13.2.2 Before Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.2.3 After Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.3 United States of America\u003cbr\u003e13.3.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e13.3.2 Before Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.3.3 After Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.4 Japan\u003cbr\u003e13.4.1 Background\u003cbr\u003e13.4.2 Before Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.4.3 After Marketing\u003cbr\u003e13.5 Conclusion \u003cbr\u003e14 Regulation of Food Packaging in the EU and US\u003cbr\u003e14.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e14.2 Control of Food Packaging in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.2.1 EU Framework Directive\u003cbr\u003e14.2.2 Food Contact Plastics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.2.3 Future Developments for Food Plastics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.2.4 Other EU Food Packaging Measures\u003cbr\u003e14.2.5 Strategy for Food Contact Plastic Approval in the EU\u003cbr\u003e14.3 National Controls on Food Packaging in EU Countries\u003cbr\u003e14.3.1 Germany\u003cbr\u003e14.3.2 France\u003cbr\u003e14.3.3 The Netherlands\u003cbr\u003e14.3.4 Belgium\u003cbr\u003e14.3.5 Italy\u003cbr\u003e14.4 Council of Europe Work on Food Packaging\u003cbr\u003e14.4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e14.4.2 Completed Council of Europe Resolutions\u003cbr\u003e14.4.3 Council of Europe Ongoing Work\u003cbr\u003e14.5 Food Packaging in the USA\u003cbr\u003e14.5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e14.5.2 History and Development of US Food Packaging Legislation\u003cbr\u003e14.5.3 The FDA Petition\u003cbr\u003e14.5.4 Threshold of Regulation Process\u003cbr\u003e14.5.5 The Pre-Marketing Notification Scheme \u003cbr\u003e15 Regulation of Biocides\u003cbr\u003e15.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e15.2 Control of Biocides in the EU\u003cbr\u003e15.2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e15.2.2 Main Features of the Directive\u003cbr\u003e15.2.3 System of Approval\u003cbr\u003e15.2.4 Assessment for the Inclusion of Active Substances in Annex I of the Biocidal Products Directive\u003cbr\u003e15.2.5 Authorisation of Biocidal Products\u003cbr\u003e15.2.6 Hazard Communication\u003cbr\u003e15.2.7 The Review Programme for Existing Active Substances\u003cbr\u003e15.2.8 Technical Guidance\u003cbr\u003e15.3 Control of Biocides in the USA\u003cbr\u003e15.3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e15.3.2 Data Requirements for Registration\u003cbr\u003e15.3.3 Registration Applications\u003cbr\u003e15.3.4 Data Compensation\u003cbr\u003e15.3.5 Re-Registration of Existing Pesticides\u003cbr\u003e15.3.6 Petition for a Pesticide Tolerance\u003cbr\u003e15.3.7 Regulation of Food Contact Biocides\u003cbr\u003e15.4 Regulation of Biocides in Other Countries\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Derek Knight is the Director of Regulatory Affairs at Safepharm Laboratories Ltd. He is an expert in regulatory requirements, providing advice on testing and document submission to regulatory authorities. He has a doctorate in chemistry from Oxford University and is a Fellow of the Royal Society of Chemistry and the British Institute of Regulatory Affairs. He has published extensively on regulatory issues, alternatives to animal testing, food contact materials, and biocides. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMike Thomas is the Marketing Director for Safepharm Laboratories. He graduated in zoology and chemistry from London University and went on to a career in toxicity testing, including working on a wide range of toxicity studies. Prior to joining Safepharm, he was Director of Biological Services at International Consulting and Laboratory Services Ltd., of London.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: David Mulligan, National Physical Laboratory ISBN 978-1-85957-393-8 pages 112 Summary Cure monitoring techniques are used to improve the efficiency of processing, for quality assurance and to study the curing process. Such cure studies can prevent wastage due to failure of resin to react, use of incorrect proportions of resin components, poor mixing of resin,...
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242214596,"title":"Cure Monitoring for Composites and Adhesives","handle":"978-1-85957-393-8","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: David Mulligan, National Physical Laboratory \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-393-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 112\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nCure monitoring techniques are used to improve the efficiency of processing, for quality assurance and to study the curing process. Such cure studies can prevent wastage due to failure of resin to react, use of incorrect proportions of resin components, poor mixing of resin, or incorrect processing conditions. This review focuses on in-line cure monitoring as a key way of optimising production. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eComposite manufacturing methods vary from labour intensive techniques such as hand lay-up to capital intensive techniques such as autoclaving. The basic curing process is the same in each case: the liquid resin first gels and then becomes a glassy solid. If the curing process carries on for too long, degradation of the material can occur. On the other hand, if it does not proceed for long enough or at too low a temperature, insufficient curing takes place and the material properties are inadequate. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is critical that the material remains in a more fluid state during the initial stages so that it can be readily manipulated, for example, in mould filling. Thus it is useful to know when gelation occurs and viscosity increases. Property measurement is a basis of many key techniques for monitoring cure. As well as viscosity, the glass transition temperature increases with the degree of crosslinking of the material. It is important that whatever is measured as a degree of cure relates to the final properties and thus quality of the end material. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDifficulties arise when cure is not uniform across a curing product. In this instance, some sections may be overcured and degrade whilst others are still undercured. This can typically happen when the curing reaction is strongly exothermic - local heat degrades the cured material. The solution is to undertake the main cure cycle using a relatively low temperature. This situation highlights the importance of good siting of cure monitoring sensors - a single location may not detect variations across a part. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe different methods used to monitor cure in-line are discussed in this review, from temperature measurement, through ultrasound, to fibre optics. Laboratory analysis is also briefly described, but the emphasis of this work is on practical application. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review is accompanied by over 300 abstracts from the Polymer Library database on cure monitoring of thermosets and adhesives. This allows the reader to study the subject in greater depth. The abstracts are fully indexed with both subject and\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Aims and Scope\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Cure of Composites and Adhesives\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Benefits of Cure Monitoring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Techniques Monitoring Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Temperature\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Techniques Monitoring Mechanical Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Ultrasonic\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Acoustic\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Fibre Optic\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Extrinsic Fabry-Pérot Sensor\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Fibre Bragg Grating Sensor\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Piezoelectric\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Techniques Monitoring Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Electrical Techniques\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Dielectric Sensors\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Interpretation of Dielectric Data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Techniques Monitoring Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Refractive Index\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Spectroscopic\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Fluorescence\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Comparison of Optical Sensors\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Implementation of Cure Monitoring\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Process Modelling and Control\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Off-line Cure Assessment\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Physical Property Measurements\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Chemical Property Measurements\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Comparison of Off-line Techniques\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Quality Assurance\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Comparison of Techniques\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Technical Considerations\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Practical Considerations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 The Way Ahead for Cure Monitoring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr David Mulligan is currently Project Manager in the Materials Centre of the National Physical Laboratory. His current work includes a Department of Trade and Industry sponsored study of 'Cure Monitoring for Shorter Cycle Times'. David holds a doctorate in structure-property relationships in short-fibre materials and has worked as an applications scientist in industry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNPL is a world leading centre in the development and application of highly accurate measurement techniques. As the UK's national standards laboratory, NPL underpins the national measurement system, ensuring consistency and traceability of measurements throughout the UK. Other areas of expertise include the design and characterisation of engineering materials, and mathematical software, especially its application to measurement and instrumentation","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:23-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:23-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2003","acoustic","adhesives","book","composites","electrical properties","extrinsic Fabry-Pérot sensor","Fibre Bragg grating sensor","fibre optic","mechanical properties","optical properties","p-testing","piezoelectric","polymer","thermal properties","ultrasonic"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378352964,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Cure Monitoring for Composites and Adhesives","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-393-8","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-393-8.jpg?v=1499212143"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-393-8.jpg?v=1499212143","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":353967800413,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-393-8.jpg?v=1499212143"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-393-8.jpg?v=1499212143","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: David Mulligan, National Physical Laboratory \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-393-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 112\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nCure monitoring techniques are used to improve the efficiency of processing, for quality assurance and to study the curing process. Such cure studies can prevent wastage due to failure of resin to react, use of incorrect proportions of resin components, poor mixing of resin, or incorrect processing conditions. This review focuses on in-line cure monitoring as a key way of optimising production. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eComposite manufacturing methods vary from labour intensive techniques such as hand lay-up to capital intensive techniques such as autoclaving. The basic curing process is the same in each case: the liquid resin first gels and then becomes a glassy solid. If the curing process carries on for too long, degradation of the material can occur. On the other hand, if it does not proceed for long enough or at too low a temperature, insufficient curing takes place and the material properties are inadequate. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is critical that the material remains in a more fluid state during the initial stages so that it can be readily manipulated, for example, in mould filling. Thus it is useful to know when gelation occurs and viscosity increases. Property measurement is a basis of many key techniques for monitoring cure. As well as viscosity, the glass transition temperature increases with the degree of crosslinking of the material. It is important that whatever is measured as a degree of cure relates to the final properties and thus quality of the end material. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDifficulties arise when cure is not uniform across a curing product. In this instance, some sections may be overcured and degrade whilst others are still undercured. This can typically happen when the curing reaction is strongly exothermic - local heat degrades the cured material. The solution is to undertake the main cure cycle using a relatively low temperature. This situation highlights the importance of good siting of cure monitoring sensors - a single location may not detect variations across a part. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe different methods used to monitor cure in-line are discussed in this review, from temperature measurement, through ultrasound, to fibre optics. Laboratory analysis is also briefly described, but the emphasis of this work is on practical application. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review is accompanied by over 300 abstracts from the Polymer Library database on cure monitoring of thermosets and adhesives. This allows the reader to study the subject in greater depth. The abstracts are fully indexed with both subject and\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Aims and Scope\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Cure of Composites and Adhesives\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Benefits of Cure Monitoring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Techniques Monitoring Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Temperature\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Thermal Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Techniques Monitoring Mechanical Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Ultrasonic\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Acoustic\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Fibre Optic\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Extrinsic Fabry-Pérot Sensor\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Fibre Bragg Grating Sensor\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Piezoelectric\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Techniques Monitoring Electrical Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Electrical Techniques\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Dielectric Sensors\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Interpretation of Dielectric Data\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Techniques Monitoring Optical Properties\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Refractive Index\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Spectroscopic\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Infrared Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 Fluorescence\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Raman Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Comparison of Optical Sensors\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Implementation of Cure Monitoring\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Process Modelling and Control\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Off-line Cure Assessment\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Physical Property Measurements\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Chemical Property Measurements\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Comparison of Off-line Techniques\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Quality Assurance\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Comparison of Techniques\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Technical Considerations\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Practical Considerations\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 The Way Ahead for Cure Monitoring\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr David Mulligan is currently Project Manager in the Materials Centre of the National Physical Laboratory. His current work includes a Department of Trade and Industry sponsored study of 'Cure Monitoring for Shorter Cycle Times'. David holds a doctorate in structure-property relationships in short-fibre materials and has worked as an applications scientist in industry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNPL is a world leading centre in the development and application of highly accurate measurement techniques. As the UK's national standards laboratory, NPL underpins the national measurement system, ensuring consistency and traceability of measurements throughout the UK. Other areas of expertise include the design and characterisation of engineering materials, and mathematical software, especially its application to measurement and instrumentation"}
Description Author: D.I. Cook ISBN 978-1-85957-375-4 120 pages Summary Geosynthetics are sheet polymeric materials used in civil engineering. They have been used since the 1970s in geotechnical (soil) structures for functions such as separation, reinforcement, drainage, filtration, liquid containment and as gas barriers. In practice, this has included applications as diverse as reinforcement in the walls...
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242214468,"title":"Geosynthetics","handle":"978-1-85957-375-4","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D.I. Cook \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-375-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e120 pages\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeosynthetics are sheet polymeric materials used in civil engineering. They have been used since the 1970s in geotechnical (soil) structures for functions such as separation, reinforcement, drainage, filtration, liquid containment and as gas barriers. In practice, this has included applications as diverse as reinforcement in the walls of the Pentagon, reservoir liners, canal liners, road reinforcement, retaining walls, sports fields, dams, landfill liners, embankment stabilisation, tree containers, chemical tank liners, and as base and roofing membranes for new buildings. There is an increasing trend to use recyclates in geosynthetics, particularly PET from bottle recovery. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeosynthetics often play critical roles in civil engineering and it is important that the materials in use can withstand the physical and chemical pressures of the environment. These range from resistance to leachates from landfill to resistance to root damage in soil liners, as well as standard properties such as resistance to creep, oxidation and UV light, and tensile strength. This has resulted in sets of test standards being developed by the EU, ISO, BSI, and ASTM. Dr. Cook is an expert in the testing of geosynthetics and has covered this area in the review. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are several main categories of geosynthetics: geotextiles, geomembranes, geosynthetic clay liners, geogrids, and geonets. This review discusses the polymers used in each type, production methods, test methods, and applications. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeotextiles are permeable fabrics comprising around 75% of all geosynthetics. Globally, 1,400 million square metres are used each year and the trend in consumption is upwards. Polypropylene comprises the bulk of this with polyester as the second most commonly used material, Polymer properties and economics decide on the material choice. Natural fibres are being used where durability is less important. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeomembranes are thin flexible sheets with very low permeability. They are used as barriers to the passage of gases of liquids. Butyl rubber was the first material used, but now PVC and polyethylene are the most common materials. Uses include landfill odour control, facing dams and reservoir liners. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeosynthetic clay liners are structures containing a clay layer and used as water barriers. Thus the main component is a clay mineral, bentonite. They can be used instead of geomembranes or as a second line of defense to geomembranes. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeogrids are sheets of tensile elements with a regular network of apertures, usually constructed of polyethylene, polypropylene or polyester. The most common use is for reinforcement of unstable soil and waste masses. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeonets are composite grid constructions used for drainage capabilities. Usually, a geotextile is used as the drainage core with an upper and lower section of geomembrane. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts from papers and books in the Rapra Polymer Library database, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Scope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Introduction to Geosynthetics\u003cbr\u003e2.1 General Description\u003cbr\u003e2.2 History\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Publications \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Geotextiles\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Description and Manufacturing\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Woven Geotextiles\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Non-Woven Geotextiles\u003cbr\u003e3.1.3 Knitted Geotextiles\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Polymers\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Polyester\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Polyamide (Nylon)\u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 Natural Fibres\u003cbr\u003e3.2.6 Comparative Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.3 End Uses\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Testing and Properties of Geotextiles\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Tensile and Other Mechanical Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Hydraulic Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Durability\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Construction Products Directive: CE Marking \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Geomembranes\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Description and Manufacturing\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Polymers\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)\u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene (CSPE)\u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Ethylene Interpolymer Alloy (EIA)\u003cbr\u003e4.3 End Uses\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Testing and Properties of Geomembranes\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Tensile Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Durability \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Geosynthetic Clay Liners (GCLs)\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Description and Manufacturing\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Polymers and Constituent Materials\u003cbr\u003e5.3 End Uses\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Testing and Properties of GCLs\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Hydraulic Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Friction \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Geogrids\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Description and Manufacturing\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Polymers\u003cbr\u003e6.3 End Uses\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Testing and Properties of Geogrids \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Geocomposites\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Geonets\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 End Uses of Geonets\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Testing and Properties of Geonets\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Other Geocomposites\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Geotextile-Geomembrane Composites\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Geomembrane-Geogrid Composites\u003cbr\u003e7.2.3 Geocells\u003cbr\u003e7.2.4 Geotextile-Steel Composites\u003cbr\u003e7.2.5 Geotextile-Bead Composites\u003cbr\u003e7.2.6 Polymeric Fibres\u003cbr\u003e7.2.7 Geofoam\u003cbr\u003e7.2.8 Polyurethane\/Geotextile Composites\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. David I Cook is a graduate of the Royal Institute of Chemistry. He is a Chartered Chemist and has a PhD in chemistry from UMIST. His career includes work as a Senior Research Scientist for ICI Fibres Ltd., and in the testing of geosynthetics for the British Textile Technology Group for 19 years. He has been a member of the British, European and International geosynthetics standards committee","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:22-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:22-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2003","acrylic polymers","book","creep","geosynthetics","geotextiles","nylon","oxidation","p-applications","polyamide","polyester","polyethylene","polymeric materials","polymers","polypropylene","soil liners","tensile strength","uses","UV light"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378352324,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Geosynthetics","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-375-4","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-375-4.jpg?v=1499387007"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-375-4.jpg?v=1499387007","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":354808922205,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.707,"height":474,"width":335,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-375-4.jpg?v=1499387007"},"aspect_ratio":0.707,"height":474,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-375-4.jpg?v=1499387007","width":335}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D.I. Cook \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-375-4 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e120 pages\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nGeosynthetics are sheet polymeric materials used in civil engineering. They have been used since the 1970s in geotechnical (soil) structures for functions such as separation, reinforcement, drainage, filtration, liquid containment and as gas barriers. In practice, this has included applications as diverse as reinforcement in the walls of the Pentagon, reservoir liners, canal liners, road reinforcement, retaining walls, sports fields, dams, landfill liners, embankment stabilisation, tree containers, chemical tank liners, and as base and roofing membranes for new buildings. There is an increasing trend to use recyclates in geosynthetics, particularly PET from bottle recovery. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeosynthetics often play critical roles in civil engineering and it is important that the materials in use can withstand the physical and chemical pressures of the environment. These range from resistance to leachates from landfill to resistance to root damage in soil liners, as well as standard properties such as resistance to creep, oxidation and UV light, and tensile strength. This has resulted in sets of test standards being developed by the EU, ISO, BSI, and ASTM. Dr. Cook is an expert in the testing of geosynthetics and has covered this area in the review. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are several main categories of geosynthetics: geotextiles, geomembranes, geosynthetic clay liners, geogrids, and geonets. This review discusses the polymers used in each type, production methods, test methods, and applications. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeotextiles are permeable fabrics comprising around 75% of all geosynthetics. Globally, 1,400 million square metres are used each year and the trend in consumption is upwards. Polypropylene comprises the bulk of this with polyester as the second most commonly used material, Polymer properties and economics decide on the material choice. Natural fibres are being used where durability is less important. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeomembranes are thin flexible sheets with very low permeability. They are used as barriers to the passage of gases of liquids. Butyl rubber was the first material used, but now PVC and polyethylene are the most common materials. Uses include landfill odour control, facing dams and reservoir liners. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeosynthetic clay liners are structures containing a clay layer and used as water barriers. Thus the main component is a clay mineral, bentonite. They can be used instead of geomembranes or as a second line of defense to geomembranes. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeogrids are sheets of tensile elements with a regular network of apertures, usually constructed of polyethylene, polypropylene or polyester. The most common use is for reinforcement of unstable soil and waste masses. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGeonets are composite grid constructions used for drainage capabilities. Usually, a geotextile is used as the drainage core with an upper and lower section of geomembrane. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts from papers and books in the Rapra Polymer Library database, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1 Scope \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Introduction to Geosynthetics\u003cbr\u003e2.1 General Description\u003cbr\u003e2.2 History\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Publications \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Geotextiles\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Description and Manufacturing\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Woven Geotextiles\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Non-Woven Geotextiles\u003cbr\u003e3.1.3 Knitted Geotextiles\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Polymers\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Polyester\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Polyamide (Nylon)\u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 Natural Fibres\u003cbr\u003e3.2.6 Comparative Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.3 End Uses\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Testing and Properties of Geotextiles\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Tensile and Other Mechanical Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Hydraulic Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Durability\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Construction Products Directive: CE Marking \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Geomembranes\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Description and Manufacturing\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Polymers\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Polyethylene\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)\u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene (CSPE)\u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Polypropylene\u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Ethylene Interpolymer Alloy (EIA)\u003cbr\u003e4.3 End Uses\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Testing and Properties of Geomembranes\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Tensile Properties\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Durability \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Geosynthetic Clay Liners (GCLs)\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Description and Manufacturing\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Polymers and Constituent Materials\u003cbr\u003e5.3 End Uses\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Testing and Properties of GCLs\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Hydraulic Conductivity\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Friction \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Geogrids\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Description and Manufacturing\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Polymers\u003cbr\u003e6.3 End Uses\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Testing and Properties of Geogrids \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Geocomposites\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Geonets\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 End Uses of Geonets\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Testing and Properties of Geonets\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Other Geocomposites\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Geotextile-Geomembrane Composites\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Geomembrane-Geogrid Composites\u003cbr\u003e7.2.3 Geocells\u003cbr\u003e7.2.4 Geotextile-Steel Composites\u003cbr\u003e7.2.5 Geotextile-Bead Composites\u003cbr\u003e7.2.6 Polymeric Fibres\u003cbr\u003e7.2.7 Geofoam\u003cbr\u003e7.2.8 Polyurethane\/Geotextile Composites\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. David I Cook is a graduate of the Royal Institute of Chemistry. He is a Chartered Chemist and has a PhD in chemistry from UMIST. His career includes work as a Senior Research Scientist for ICI Fibres Ltd., and in the testing of geosynthetics for the British Textile Technology Group for 19 years. He has been a member of the British, European and International geosynthetics standards committee"}
Description Author: B.G. Willoughby ISBN 978-1-85957-374-7 pages 250 Summary Health, safety, and the environment are key driving factors in the industry in the 21st Century. Monitoring of exposure to chemicals in the workplace and in emissions from factories is used to calculate exposure to possible chemical toxins including carcinogens. Other factors must also be considered in chemical...
$126.00
in stock
{"id":11242214276,"title":"Air Monitoring in the Rubber and Plastics Industries","handle":"978-1-85957-374-7","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: B.G. Willoughby \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-374-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 250\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nHealth, safety, and the environment are key driving factors in the industry in the 21st Century. Monitoring of exposure to chemicals in the workplace and in emissions from factories is used to calculate exposure to possible chemical toxins including carcinogens. Other factors must also be considered in chemical monitoring, such as the actual risk of harm and possible areas of high exposure, such as when opening ovens or dealing with equipment problems, situations where a build-up of the chemical can occur in an enclosed environment. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDifferent types of monitoring equipment and ways of monitoring are available. For example, static monitoring can be carried out in one place over a period of time, or a recorder can be placed on an employee near to the breathing zone to measure individual exposure to chemicals. There are many factors which can lead to inaccurate interpretation of results from using equipment which does not distinguish between critical chemicals or which is not sufficiently sensitive, to not taking into account local factors such as employee's smoking habits. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure a chemical in air, it must first be trapped in some way and the trapped sample analysed. There are different methods of trapping from simple grab sampling of air to the use of filters, absorbents, and adsorbents. The trapped sample must be analysed and a variety of methods are available. Chemicals present at low levels can still be toxic. The aim is to choose a method that is capable of measuring across the range of exposure levels of concern. Government bodies such as NIOSH and OSHA in the USA and the HSE in the UK have published approved methods for specific chemical species. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are many chemicals in use in the rubber and plastics industries from the monomers polymerised to form plastics and rubbers, to the additives used to enhance the polymer properties. In addition, other potentially hazardous substances are formed by reactions between these base chemicals and with air. The formation of suspected carcinogenic nitrosamine compounds by some rubber formulations is a case in point. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book examines the types of chemicals found in the polymer industry and the potential hazards. It goes on to explain the common chemical reactions of concern to health and safety. Monitoring methods are described in some detail together with their limitations. This is essentially a practical book giving a background to the chemistry of the polymer industry and chemical monitoring methods. It will be of use to workers and managers across the industry in explaining what should be done and why. It will be of particular interest to occupational health and environmental monitoring specialists.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 What to Look for – What’s There at the Start\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Hazards from Ingredients\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Accelerators and Activators\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Antioxidants and Antiozonants\u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4 Colourants\u003cbr\u003e1.2.5 Crosslinking Agents\u003cbr\u003e1.2.6 Fillers\u003cbr\u003e1.2.7 Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e1.2.8 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e1.2.9 Monomers\u003cbr\u003e1.2.10 Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e1.2.11 Retarders\u003cbr\u003e1.2.12 Solvents\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Likelihood of Exposure\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Dusts (Airborne Particulates)\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 What is Dust?\u003cbr\u003e1.3.3 How Does Dust Originate?\u003cbr\u003e1.3.4 Airborne Vapours\u003cbr\u003e1.3.5 Vapour Generation from Liquids \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 What to Look for – What’s Created During Processing\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Thermal Breakdown\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Thermal Degradation of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Thermal Decomposition of Peroxides\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Thermal Decomposition of Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Thermal Decomposition of Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Thermo-Oxidative Breakdown\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Thermo-Oxidative Degradation of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Side-Chain Oxidation of Organo-Nitrogen Compounds\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Crosslinking of Rubbers – Vulcanisation\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Peroxide Crosslinking\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Sulfur Crosslinking\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Amines and Delayed Action Cures\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Nitrosamines\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Hazards from Volatile By-Products\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Aldehydes\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Aliphatic Amines\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Ammonia, CAS: 7664-41-7\u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Aniline, CAS: 626-38-0\u003cbr\u003e2.4.5 Benzene, CAS: 71-43-2\u003cbr\u003e2.4.6 Biphenyl, CAS: 92-52-4\u003cbr\u003e2.4.7 tert-Butanol (2-methylpropan-2-ol), CAS: 75-65-0\u003cbr\u003e2.4.8 Carbon Disulfide, CAS: 75-15-0\u003cbr\u003e2.4.9 Carbon Monoxide, CAS: 630-08-0\u003cbr\u003e2.4.10 Chlorobenzene, CAS: 108-90-7\u003cbr\u003e2.4.11 Hydrogen Halides\u003cbr\u003e2.4.12 Ketones\u003cbr\u003e2.4.13 a-Methylstyrene (2-phenylpropene), CAS: 98-83-9\u003cbr\u003e2.4.14 N-Nitrosamines\u003cbr\u003e2.4.15 Ozone, CAS: 10028-15-6\u003cbr\u003e2.4.16 2,2´,4,4´-Tetrachlorobiphenyl, CAS: 2437-79-8\u003cbr\u003e2.4.17 Tetramethylsuccinonitrile, CAS: 3333-52-6\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Likelihood of Exposure\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Catalytic Effects\u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Residence Times \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Air Monitoring Strategies\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Concentration Profiling and Leak Detection\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Personal Exposure Monitoring\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Compliance with Legislation\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Monitoring the Performance of Engineering Controls\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Capture Efficiency\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Transport Efficiency\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Static Pressure\u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Velocity Pressure\u003cbr\u003e3.4.5 Total Air Flow – Determination of Mean Velocity within a Duct\u003cbr\u003e3.4.6 Volume Air Flow from Mean Velocity \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Indirect Methods – Trapping Species from Air\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Types of Airborne Pollutant\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Whole Air Samples – Grab Sampling\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Total Particulates Trapping\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Inertia Trapping\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Flow Rate Considerations\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Filter Types\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Handling Fibrous Filters\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Sampling for Total Inhalable Particulates\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Sampling for Respirable Particulates\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Sampling in Ducts and Stacks – Isokinetic Sampling\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Static Samplers\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Gas and Vapour Trapping\u003cbr\u003e4.8.1 Adsorption Trapping\u003cbr\u003e4.8.2 Absorption Trapping\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Portable Battery Pumps\u003cbr\u003e4.9.1 Flow Rate Adjustment\u003cbr\u003e4.9.2 Setting the Flow Rate\u003cbr\u003e4.9.3 Battery Characteristics\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Sampling and Sampling Records\u003cbr\u003e4.10.1 Sampling Records\u003cbr\u003e4.10.2 Field and Media Blanks\u003cbr\u003e4.10.3 Sample Transfer and Storage \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Indirect Methods – Laboratory Analysis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Overview of Chromatographic Techniques\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Principles of Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Component Identification\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Quantification\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Gas Chromatography (GC)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 The Basics\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 GC Carrier Gas\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Sample Introduction for GC – Liquid Samples\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Split Injection for Capillary GC\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Splitless Injection for Capillary GC\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Cool-on-Column Injection\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Sample Introduction for GC – Gaseous Samples\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 Columns and Ovens\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 Support Phases\u003cbr\u003e5.2.10 Stationary Phases\u003cbr\u003e5.2.11 Detectors\u003cbr\u003e5.2.12 Instrumental Conditions\u003cbr\u003e5.3 High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC)\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 The Basics\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Gradient Elution\u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Column Packing Material\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Choice of Mobile Phase\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 Detectors\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6 Sample Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.3.7 Instrumental Conditions\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Overview of Spectroscopic Techniques\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Mechanics of Measurement\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Flame Emission Spectroscopy (FES)\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AA)\u003cbr\u003e5.8 Inductively-Coupled Plasma Emission Spectroscopy (ICP)\u003cbr\u003e5.9 Ultraviolet Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e5.9.1 UV Fluorescence\u003cbr\u003e5.10 X-Ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy (XRF)\u003cbr\u003e5.11 X-Ray Diffraction (XRD)\u003cbr\u003e5.12 Overview of Gravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.12.1 The Balance\u003cbr\u003e5.12.2 Analytical Sensitivity\u003cbr\u003e5.12.3 Cyclohexane Extraction \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Indirect Methods – Data Analysis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Data Available\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Pumped Sampling\u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Diffusion Sampling\u003cbr\u003e6.1.3 Laboratory Analysis\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Calculation of an Airborne Concentration\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Units of Concentration – mg\/m3 and ppm\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Use of ppm in Diffusive Sample Uptake Rates\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Isocyanate Concentrations\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Desorption Efficiency\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Exposure Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 UK Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 US Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 German Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.4.4 Rubber Process Dust and Rubber Fume – UK Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.4.5 N-Nitrosamines – German Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Time-Weighted Average (TWA) Exposures\u003cbr\u003e6.5.1 Sampling Only During Working Periods\u003cbr\u003e6.5.2 Sampling During Both Working Periods and Breaks\u003cbr\u003e6.5.3 Assumptions\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Exposure Records\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Emission Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.7.1 UK Legislation\u003cbr\u003e6.7.2 US Legislation \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Direct Methods\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Colorimetric Methods\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Detector Tubes: Short-Term Measurements\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Detector Tubes: Long-Term Measurements\u003cbr\u003e7.1.3 Colorimetric Filters and Badge Samplers\u003cbr\u003e7.1.4 Paper Tape Monitors\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Beam Attenuation or Deflection Devices\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Infrared Absorbance (IR)\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Ultraviolet and Visible Absorbance (UV-VIS)\u003cbr\u003e7.2.3 Beta-Ray Attenuation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.4 Light Attenuating Photometers\u003cbr\u003e7.2.5 Light Scattering\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Ionisation and Luminescent Detectors\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Flame Ionisation Detectors (FID)\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2Photo-Ionisation Detectors (PID)\u003cbr\u003e7.3.3 Chemiluminescent Detectors \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eAppendix I: Units and Conversions\u003cbr\u003eAppendix II: Methods for Determination of Hazardous Substances (MDHS), UK Health and Safety Executive\u003cbr\u003eAppendix III: NIOSH and OSHA Monitoring Methods - Representative Examples\u003cbr\u003eAppendix IV: Promulgated Test Methods from the US Environmental Protection Agency - Representative Examples\u003cbr\u003eCAS Number Index\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Bryan Willoughby is a renowned polymer chemist. He has conducted the risk assessment and monitoring exercises in the UK, USA, and Continental Europe. He developed the method for rubber fume monitoring now used by the UK Health and Safety Executive. He has also published extensively on the topic of emissions from curing rubber and moulding plastic. Bryan has served on the Board of Directors of the British Institute of Occupational Hygiene and is a Fellow of the Royal Society of Chemistry, a member of the Faculty of Occupational Hygiene and the IOM, and an affiliate of the Rubber Division of the American Chemical Society.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:22-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:22-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2003","air monitoring","book","emissions","environment","hazardous substances","health","plastics","risk assessment","rubber","rubber formulary","safety"],"price":12600,"price_min":12600,"price_max":12600,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378351364,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Air Monitoring in the Rubber and Plastics Industries","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12600,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-374-7","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-374-7.jpg?v=1498187058"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-374-7.jpg?v=1498187058","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":350147674205,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-374-7.jpg?v=1498187058"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-374-7.jpg?v=1498187058","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: B.G. Willoughby \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-374-7 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 250\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nHealth, safety, and the environment are key driving factors in the industry in the 21st Century. Monitoring of exposure to chemicals in the workplace and in emissions from factories is used to calculate exposure to possible chemical toxins including carcinogens. Other factors must also be considered in chemical monitoring, such as the actual risk of harm and possible areas of high exposure, such as when opening ovens or dealing with equipment problems, situations where a build-up of the chemical can occur in an enclosed environment. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDifferent types of monitoring equipment and ways of monitoring are available. For example, static monitoring can be carried out in one place over a period of time, or a recorder can be placed on an employee near to the breathing zone to measure individual exposure to chemicals. There are many factors which can lead to inaccurate interpretation of results from using equipment which does not distinguish between critical chemicals or which is not sufficiently sensitive, to not taking into account local factors such as employee's smoking habits. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure a chemical in air, it must first be trapped in some way and the trapped sample analysed. There are different methods of trapping from simple grab sampling of air to the use of filters, absorbents, and adsorbents. The trapped sample must be analysed and a variety of methods are available. Chemicals present at low levels can still be toxic. The aim is to choose a method that is capable of measuring across the range of exposure levels of concern. Government bodies such as NIOSH and OSHA in the USA and the HSE in the UK have published approved methods for specific chemical species. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere are many chemicals in use in the rubber and plastics industries from the monomers polymerised to form plastics and rubbers, to the additives used to enhance the polymer properties. In addition, other potentially hazardous substances are formed by reactions between these base chemicals and with air. The formation of suspected carcinogenic nitrosamine compounds by some rubber formulations is a case in point. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book examines the types of chemicals found in the polymer industry and the potential hazards. It goes on to explain the common chemical reactions of concern to health and safety. Monitoring methods are described in some detail together with their limitations. This is essentially a practical book giving a background to the chemistry of the polymer industry and chemical monitoring methods. It will be of use to workers and managers across the industry in explaining what should be done and why. It will be of particular interest to occupational health and environmental monitoring specialists.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 What to Look for – What’s There at the Start\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Risk Assessment\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Hazards from Ingredients\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Accelerators and Activators\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Antioxidants and Antiozonants\u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e1.2.4 Colourants\u003cbr\u003e1.2.5 Crosslinking Agents\u003cbr\u003e1.2.6 Fillers\u003cbr\u003e1.2.7 Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e1.2.8 Heat Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e1.2.9 Monomers\u003cbr\u003e1.2.10 Plasticisers\u003cbr\u003e1.2.11 Retarders\u003cbr\u003e1.2.12 Solvents\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Likelihood of Exposure\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Dusts (Airborne Particulates)\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 What is Dust?\u003cbr\u003e1.3.3 How Does Dust Originate?\u003cbr\u003e1.3.4 Airborne Vapours\u003cbr\u003e1.3.5 Vapour Generation from Liquids \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 What to Look for – What’s Created During Processing\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Thermal Breakdown\u003cbr\u003e2.1.1 Thermal Degradation of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.1.2 Thermal Decomposition of Peroxides\u003cbr\u003e2.1.3 Thermal Decomposition of Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.1.4 Thermal Decomposition of Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Thermo-Oxidative Breakdown\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Thermo-Oxidative Degradation of Polymers\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Side-Chain Oxidation of Organo-Nitrogen Compounds\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Crosslinking of Rubbers – Vulcanisation\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Peroxide Crosslinking\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Sulfur Crosslinking\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Amines and Delayed Action Cures\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Nitrosamines\u003cbr\u003e2.4 Hazards from Volatile By-Products\u003cbr\u003e2.4.1 Aldehydes\u003cbr\u003e2.4.2 Aliphatic Amines\u003cbr\u003e2.4.3 Ammonia, CAS: 7664-41-7\u003cbr\u003e2.4.4 Aniline, CAS: 626-38-0\u003cbr\u003e2.4.5 Benzene, CAS: 71-43-2\u003cbr\u003e2.4.6 Biphenyl, CAS: 92-52-4\u003cbr\u003e2.4.7 tert-Butanol (2-methylpropan-2-ol), CAS: 75-65-0\u003cbr\u003e2.4.8 Carbon Disulfide, CAS: 75-15-0\u003cbr\u003e2.4.9 Carbon Monoxide, CAS: 630-08-0\u003cbr\u003e2.4.10 Chlorobenzene, CAS: 108-90-7\u003cbr\u003e2.4.11 Hydrogen Halides\u003cbr\u003e2.4.12 Ketones\u003cbr\u003e2.4.13 a-Methylstyrene (2-phenylpropene), CAS: 98-83-9\u003cbr\u003e2.4.14 N-Nitrosamines\u003cbr\u003e2.4.15 Ozone, CAS: 10028-15-6\u003cbr\u003e2.4.16 2,2´,4,4´-Tetrachlorobiphenyl, CAS: 2437-79-8\u003cbr\u003e2.4.17 Tetramethylsuccinonitrile, CAS: 3333-52-6\u003cbr\u003e2.5 Likelihood of Exposure\u003cbr\u003e2.5.1 Catalytic Effects\u003cbr\u003e2.5.2 Residence Times \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Air Monitoring Strategies\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Concentration Profiling and Leak Detection\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Personal Exposure Monitoring\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Compliance with Legislation\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Monitoring the Performance of Engineering Controls\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Capture Efficiency\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Transport Efficiency\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Static Pressure\u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Velocity Pressure\u003cbr\u003e3.4.5 Total Air Flow – Determination of Mean Velocity within a Duct\u003cbr\u003e3.4.6 Volume Air Flow from Mean Velocity \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Indirect Methods – Trapping Species from Air\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Types of Airborne Pollutant\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Whole Air Samples – Grab Sampling\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Total Particulates Trapping\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Inertia Trapping\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Flow Rate Considerations\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 Filter Types\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Handling Fibrous Filters\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Sampling for Total Inhalable Particulates\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Sampling for Respirable Particulates\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Sampling in Ducts and Stacks – Isokinetic Sampling\u003cbr\u003e4.7 Static Samplers\u003cbr\u003e4.8 Gas and Vapour Trapping\u003cbr\u003e4.8.1 Adsorption Trapping\u003cbr\u003e4.8.2 Absorption Trapping\u003cbr\u003e4.9 Portable Battery Pumps\u003cbr\u003e4.9.1 Flow Rate Adjustment\u003cbr\u003e4.9.2 Setting the Flow Rate\u003cbr\u003e4.9.3 Battery Characteristics\u003cbr\u003e4.10 Sampling and Sampling Records\u003cbr\u003e4.10.1 Sampling Records\u003cbr\u003e4.10.2 Field and Media Blanks\u003cbr\u003e4.10.3 Sample Transfer and Storage \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Indirect Methods – Laboratory Analysis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Overview of Chromatographic Techniques\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Principles of Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Component Identification\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Quantification\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Gas Chromatography (GC)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 The Basics\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 GC Carrier Gas\u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Sample Introduction for GC – Liquid Samples\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Split Injection for Capillary GC\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Splitless Injection for Capillary GC\u003cbr\u003e5.2.6 Cool-on-Column Injection\u003cbr\u003e5.2.7 Sample Introduction for GC – Gaseous Samples\u003cbr\u003e5.2.8 Columns and Ovens\u003cbr\u003e5.2.9 Support Phases\u003cbr\u003e5.2.10 Stationary Phases\u003cbr\u003e5.2.11 Detectors\u003cbr\u003e5.2.12 Instrumental Conditions\u003cbr\u003e5.3 High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC)\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 The Basics\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Gradient Elution\u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Column Packing Material\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Choice of Mobile Phase\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 Detectors\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6 Sample Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.3.7 Instrumental Conditions\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Ion Chromatography\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Overview of Spectroscopic Techniques\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Mechanics of Measurement\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Flame Emission Spectroscopy (FES)\u003cbr\u003e5.7 Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AA)\u003cbr\u003e5.8 Inductively-Coupled Plasma Emission Spectroscopy (ICP)\u003cbr\u003e5.9 Ultraviolet Spectroscopy\u003cbr\u003e5.9.1 UV Fluorescence\u003cbr\u003e5.10 X-Ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy (XRF)\u003cbr\u003e5.11 X-Ray Diffraction (XRD)\u003cbr\u003e5.12 Overview of Gravimetric Analysis\u003cbr\u003e5.12.1 The Balance\u003cbr\u003e5.12.2 Analytical Sensitivity\u003cbr\u003e5.12.3 Cyclohexane Extraction \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Indirect Methods – Data Analysis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Data Available\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Pumped Sampling\u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Diffusion Sampling\u003cbr\u003e6.1.3 Laboratory Analysis\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Calculation of an Airborne Concentration\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Units of Concentration – mg\/m3 and ppm\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Use of ppm in Diffusive Sample Uptake Rates\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Isocyanate Concentrations\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Desorption Efficiency\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Exposure Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 UK Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 US Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.4.3 German Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.4.4 Rubber Process Dust and Rubber Fume – UK Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.4.5 N-Nitrosamines – German Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Time-Weighted Average (TWA) Exposures\u003cbr\u003e6.5.1 Sampling Only During Working Periods\u003cbr\u003e6.5.2 Sampling During Both Working Periods and Breaks\u003cbr\u003e6.5.3 Assumptions\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Exposure Records\u003cbr\u003e6.7 Emission Limits\u003cbr\u003e6.7.1 UK Legislation\u003cbr\u003e6.7.2 US Legislation \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Direct Methods\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Colorimetric Methods\u003cbr\u003e7.1.1 Detector Tubes: Short-Term Measurements\u003cbr\u003e7.1.2 Detector Tubes: Long-Term Measurements\u003cbr\u003e7.1.3 Colorimetric Filters and Badge Samplers\u003cbr\u003e7.1.4 Paper Tape Monitors\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Beam Attenuation or Deflection Devices\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Infrared Absorbance (IR)\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Ultraviolet and Visible Absorbance (UV-VIS)\u003cbr\u003e7.2.3 Beta-Ray Attenuation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.4 Light Attenuating Photometers\u003cbr\u003e7.2.5 Light Scattering\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Ionisation and Luminescent Detectors\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Flame Ionisation Detectors (FID)\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2Photo-Ionisation Detectors (PID)\u003cbr\u003e7.3.3 Chemiluminescent Detectors \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations and Acronyms\u003cbr\u003eAppendix I: Units and Conversions\u003cbr\u003eAppendix II: Methods for Determination of Hazardous Substances (MDHS), UK Health and Safety Executive\u003cbr\u003eAppendix III: NIOSH and OSHA Monitoring Methods - Representative Examples\u003cbr\u003eAppendix IV: Promulgated Test Methods from the US Environmental Protection Agency - Representative Examples\u003cbr\u003eCAS Number Index\u003cbr\u003eIndex\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDr. Bryan Willoughby is a renowned polymer chemist. He has conducted the risk assessment and monitoring exercises in the UK, USA, and Continental Europe. He developed the method for rubber fume monitoring now used by the UK Health and Safety Executive. He has also published extensively on the topic of emissions from curing rubber and moulding plastic. Bryan has served on the Board of Directors of the British Institute of Occupational Hygiene and is a Fellow of the Royal Society of Chemistry, a member of the Faculty of Occupational Hygiene and the IOM, and an affiliate of the Rubber Division of the American Chemical Society."}
Description Author: Derek J Knight and Lesley A Creighton ISBN 978-1-85957-471-3 SafePharm Laboratories Ltd.Published: 2004Rapra Review Reports, Vol. 15, No. 5, Report 173pages 120 Summary A wide variety of plastics is used in food-contact applications and it is important that such plastics do not affect the food with which they come into contact. Given the obvious importance...
$125.00
in stock
{"id":11242214212,"title":"Regulation of Food Packaging in Europe and the USA","handle":"978-1-85957-471-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Derek J Knight and Lesley A Creighton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-471-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSafePharm Laboratories Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2004\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eRapra Review Reports, Vol. 15, No. 5, Report 173\u003cbr\u003epages 120\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nA wide variety of plastics is used in food-contact applications and it is important that such plastics do not affect the food with which they come into contact. Given the obvious importance of producing safe and wholesome food, with adequate shelf life, it is not surprising that the food industry is heavily regulated. There is considerable public concern about the safety of food packaging, and one issue is the potential migration of compounding ingredients, monomers or additives from plastics into food. In general, food diffuses into plastic packaging, enhancing the migration of unreacted monomers and potentially mobile additives from the plastic into the food. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe objective of food packaging legislation is to protect the consumer by controlling the contamination of food by chemicals transferred from the packaging. Standard migration tests are available based on prescribed food simulants; these tests include overall migration testing and specific migration tests (for individual chemical species). The gradual development of lower detection limits for analytical methods has shown that many substances previously not considered as indirect food additives do actually migrate into food. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFood packaging regulations are constantly under revision, and differ significantly between Europe and the USA – even between countries within the EU, although there is a strong harmonising influence from the Council of Europe and the European Commission. The regulation of food-contact materials in the EU is currently in a state of development, with various aspects still subject to national provisions until the European Commission has completed the harmonisation process. The US regulatory system is complex, with various approval and certification schemes. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Rapra Review Report provides a clearly written summary of the current legislation surrounding the use of plastics in contact with food. It will be of interest to those working to formulate food-contact plastics, food processors and testing laboratories, packaging manufacturers and users, together with organisations working to ensure safe conditions for food production. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts from papers and books in the Rapra Polymer Library database, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW \u003cbr\u003e2. PLASTICS FOR USE IN PACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Characteristics of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Applications in Packaging\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Polymer Types\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Combination Products \u003cbr\u003e3. SAFETY EVALUATION OF FOOD PACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Exposure Assessment\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Migration Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Estimation of Dietary Exposure\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Toxicology Testing\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Risk Assessment \u003cbr\u003e4. CONTROL OF FOOD PACKAGING IN THE EU\u003cbr\u003e4.1 General Principles and the Framework Directive\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Food-Contact Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 The Plastics Directive\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 EU Lists of Substances for Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Safety Assessment of Additives and Starting Substances for Food-Contact Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Safety Assessment of Polymer Substances\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Future Developments for Food Plastics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Proposed Introduction of a Revised Regulation to Council Directive 89\/109\/EC\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 The Plastics Super Directive\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Active and Intelligent Packaging\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Other EU Food Packaging Measures\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Regenerated Cellulose Film\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Ceramic Articles\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Control of Vinyl Chloride from PVC\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Control of N-nitrosamines from Teats and Soothers\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Restrictions on Certain Epoxy Derivatives\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Disposal and Recycling of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Strategy for Food-Contact Plastic Approval in the EU \u003cbr\u003e5. NATIONAL CONTROLS ON FOOD PACKAGING IN EU COUNTRIES\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Germany\u003cbr\u003e5.3 France\u003cbr\u003e5.4 The Netherlands\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Belgium\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Italy \u003cbr\u003e6. COUNCIL OF EUROPE WORK ON FOOD PACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Completed Council of Europe Resolutions\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Colorants in Plastic Materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Polymerisation Aids\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Surface Coatings\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Ion Exchange and Absorbent Resins\u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Silicones\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Council of Europe Ongoing Work\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Paper and Board\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Packaging Inks\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Rubber\u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Other Draft Resolutions and Guidelines and Future Developments \u003cbr\u003e7. FOOD PACKAGING IN THE USA\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Development of US Food Packaging Legislation\u003cbr\u003e7.3 The Petition\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Threshold of Regulation Process\u003cbr\u003e7.5 The Pre-Marketing Notification Scheme \u003cbr\u003e8. CONCLUSIONS\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References\u003cbr\u003eAbstracts from the Polymer Library Database\u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDerek J Knight is the Director of Regulatory Affairs at Safepharm Laboratories Ltd., a leading UK contract research organisation, specialising in safety assessments of chemicals, biocides, and agrochemical pesticides. He heads a team of regulatory affairs professionals who deal with a wide range of registration projects covering many product types for regulatory compliance in all the key markets globally. As such he has gained an overall perspective into commercial issues associated with the regulation of the chemical industry. He is a Fellow of the RSC and a Fellow of TOPRA. His doctoral studies at the University of Oxford were in organosulphur chemistry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLesley A Creighton has worked within SafePharm Laboratories for 13 years providing regulatory support to the chemical industry for the notification of new chemical substances, food contact materials, and cosmetic products. She has a combined science degree in chemistry and mathematics and is a member of both the RSC and TOPRA. 2004\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:21-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:21-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2004","acrylic polymers","book","cellulose","ceramic","epoxy derivatives","EU","exposure","film","food","materials","migration","p-applications","packaging","plastics","polymer","PVC","recycling","testing","toxicology"],"price":12500,"price_min":12500,"price_max":12500,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378351300,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Regulation of Food Packaging in Europe and the USA","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12500,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-471-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-471-3.jpg?v=1499724997"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-471-3.jpg?v=1499724997","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358733873245,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-471-3.jpg?v=1499724997"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-471-3.jpg?v=1499724997","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Derek J Knight and Lesley A Creighton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-471-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSafePharm Laboratories Ltd.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePublished: 2004\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eRapra Review Reports, Vol. 15, No. 5, Report 173\u003cbr\u003epages 120\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nA wide variety of plastics is used in food-contact applications and it is important that such plastics do not affect the food with which they come into contact. Given the obvious importance of producing safe and wholesome food, with adequate shelf life, it is not surprising that the food industry is heavily regulated. There is considerable public concern about the safety of food packaging, and one issue is the potential migration of compounding ingredients, monomers or additives from plastics into food. In general, food diffuses into plastic packaging, enhancing the migration of unreacted monomers and potentially mobile additives from the plastic into the food. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe objective of food packaging legislation is to protect the consumer by controlling the contamination of food by chemicals transferred from the packaging. Standard migration tests are available based on prescribed food simulants; these tests include overall migration testing and specific migration tests (for individual chemical species). The gradual development of lower detection limits for analytical methods has shown that many substances previously not considered as indirect food additives do actually migrate into food. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFood packaging regulations are constantly under revision, and differ significantly between Europe and the USA – even between countries within the EU, although there is a strong harmonising influence from the Council of Europe and the European Commission. The regulation of food-contact materials in the EU is currently in a state of development, with various aspects still subject to national provisions until the European Commission has completed the harmonisation process. The US regulatory system is complex, with various approval and certification schemes. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Rapra Review Report provides a clearly written summary of the current legislation surrounding the use of plastics in contact with food. It will be of interest to those working to formulate food-contact plastics, food processors and testing laboratories, packaging manufacturers and users, together with organisations working to ensure safe conditions for food production. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review is accompanied by around 400 abstracts from papers and books in the Rapra Polymer Library database, to facilitate further reading on this subject. A subject index and a company index are included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW \u003cbr\u003e2. PLASTICS FOR USE IN PACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Characteristics of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Applications in Packaging\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Polymer Types\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Combination Products \u003cbr\u003e3. SAFETY EVALUATION OF FOOD PACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Exposure Assessment\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Migration Evaluation\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Estimation of Dietary Exposure\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Toxicology Testing\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Risk Assessment \u003cbr\u003e4. CONTROL OF FOOD PACKAGING IN THE EU\u003cbr\u003e4.1 General Principles and the Framework Directive\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Food-Contact Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 The Plastics Directive\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 EU Lists of Substances for Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Safety Assessment of Additives and Starting Substances for Food-Contact Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Safety Assessment of Polymer Substances\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Future Developments for Food Plastics in the EU\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 Proposed Introduction of a Revised Regulation to Council Directive 89\/109\/EC\u003cbr\u003e4.3.3 The Plastics Super Directive\u003cbr\u003e4.3.4 Active and Intelligent Packaging\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Other EU Food Packaging Measures\u003cbr\u003e4.4.1 Regenerated Cellulose Film\u003cbr\u003e4.4.2 Ceramic Articles\u003cbr\u003e4.4.3 Control of Vinyl Chloride from PVC\u003cbr\u003e4.4.4 Control of N-nitrosamines from Teats and Soothers\u003cbr\u003e4.4.5 Restrictions on Certain Epoxy Derivatives\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Disposal and Recycling of Plastics\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Strategy for Food-Contact Plastic Approval in the EU \u003cbr\u003e5. NATIONAL CONTROLS ON FOOD PACKAGING IN EU COUNTRIES\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Germany\u003cbr\u003e5.3 France\u003cbr\u003e5.4 The Netherlands\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Belgium\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Italy \u003cbr\u003e6. COUNCIL OF EUROPE WORK ON FOOD PACKAGING\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Completed Council of Europe Resolutions\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Colorants in Plastic Materials\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Polymerisation Aids\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Surface Coatings\u003cbr\u003e6.2.4 Ion Exchange and Absorbent Resins\u003cbr\u003e6.2.5 Silicones\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Council of Europe Ongoing Work\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Paper and Board\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Packaging Inks\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Rubber\u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Other Draft Resolutions and Guidelines and Future Developments \u003cbr\u003e7. FOOD PACKAGING IN THE USA\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Development of US Food Packaging Legislation\u003cbr\u003e7.3 The Petition\u003cbr\u003e7.4 Threshold of Regulation Process\u003cbr\u003e7.5 The Pre-Marketing Notification Scheme \u003cbr\u003e8. CONCLUSIONS\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References\u003cbr\u003eAbstracts from the Polymer Library Database\u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDerek J Knight is the Director of Regulatory Affairs at Safepharm Laboratories Ltd., a leading UK contract research organisation, specialising in safety assessments of chemicals, biocides, and agrochemical pesticides. He heads a team of regulatory affairs professionals who deal with a wide range of registration projects covering many product types for regulatory compliance in all the key markets globally. As such he has gained an overall perspective into commercial issues associated with the regulation of the chemical industry. He is a Fellow of the RSC and a Fellow of TOPRA. His doctoral studies at the University of Oxford were in organosulphur chemistry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLesley A Creighton has worked within SafePharm Laboratories for 13 years providing regulatory support to the chemical industry for the notification of new chemical substances, food contact materials, and cosmetic products. She has a combined science degree in chemistry and mathematics and is a member of both the RSC and TOPRA. 2004\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e"}
Description Author: Chung, Deborah D. L. ISBN 978-1-84882-830-8 2nd ed., 371 p. 210 illus. Summary Provides a comprehensive treatment of functional composite materials, covering functions related to the thermal, electrical, electromagnetic, thermoelectric, dielectric, optical, magnetic and electrochemical behaviour.- The 2nd edition includes an expanded treatment of each topic, particularly in relation to applications and practical considerations.The...
$220.00
in stock
{"id":11242214084,"title":"Composite Materials","handle":"978-1-84882-830-8","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Chung, Deborah D. L. \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84882-830-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2nd ed., 371 p. 210 illus.\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nProvides a comprehensive treatment of functional composite materials, covering functions related to the thermal, electrical, electromagnetic, thermoelectric, dielectric, optical, magnetic and electrochemical behaviour.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e- The 2nd edition includes an expanded treatment of each topic, particularly in relation to applications and practical considerations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe applications of composite materials continue to be of increasing importance due to the industry’s need for modern analysis and improved performance. The first edition of Composite Materials introduced a new way of looking at composite materials: covering composites in accordance with their functions. This second edition expands the book’s scope to emphasize application-driven and process-oriented materials development. Although applications are the economical and technological driving force of materials development, processes often determine the feasibility and practicality.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis tutorial-style reference book examines both structural composite materials (including their mechanical properties, durability, and degradation) and functional composite materials (including their electrical, piezoresistive, and thermal properties), as needed for a substantial range of applications. The emphasis on application-driven and process-oriented materials development is enhanced by a large amount of experimental results that provide real illustrations of composite materials development.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eComposite Materials is an essential book for researchers and engineers who are interested in materials development for industrial applications. It has a vibrant yet functional approach, making it suitable for both students and practitioners, and provides a full explanation of all of the fundamental concepts related to the structural and functional properties covered.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Engineering Materials and Processes series focuses on all forms of materials and the processes used to synthesise and formulate them as they relate to the various engineering disciplines. The series deals with a diverse range of materials: ceramics; metals (ferrous and non-ferrous); semiconductors; composites, polymers, biomimetics etc. Each monograph in the series is written by a specialist and demonstrates how enhancements in materials and the processes associated with them can improve performance in the field of engineering in which they are used.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nContents \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 Composite Material Structure and Processing \u003cbr\u003e1.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.2 CompositeMaterialStructure\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Continuous Fiber Composites\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Carbon–CarbonComposites \u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Cement-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Processing of Composite Materials\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Polymer-MatrixComposites \u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Metal-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e1.3.3 Carbon-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e1.3.4 Ceramic-MatrixComposites \u003cbr\u003e1.3.5 Cement-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Composite Design Concepts\u003cbr\u003e1.5 ApplicationsofCompositeMaterials\u003cbr\u003eReviewQuestions \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003eFurtherReading \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Carbon Fibers and Nanofillers \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Carbons\u003cbr\u003e2.2 CarbonFibers \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Nanofillers\u003cbr\u003eReviewQuestions \u003cbr\u003eFurtherReading\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Mechanical Properties \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Property Requirements \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Basic Mechanical Properties \u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Modulus of Elasticity\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Strength\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Ductility\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Effect of Damage on the Mechanical Properties \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Brittlevs.DuctileMaterials\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Strengthening \u003cbr\u003e3.6 VibrationDampingAbility \u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Viscoelastic Behavior \u003cbr\u003e3.6.3 Pseudoplasticity and Ferroelasticity\u003cbr\u003e3.6.4 Interfacial Damping\u003cbr\u003e3.6.5 Structural Materialsfor Damping\u003cbr\u003e3.6.6 Comparison of Materials Utilized for Damping\u003cbr\u003e3.6.7 Emerging Materials for Damping \u003cbr\u003eReviewQuestions \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003eFurtherReading \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4. Durability and Degradation of Materials\u003cbr\u003e4.1 CorrosionResistance \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 IntroductiontoElectrochemicalBehavior\u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 CorrosionProtection\u003cbr\u003e4.2 ElevatedTemperatureResistance\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 TechnologicalRelevance\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Effects of ThermalDegradation \u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Origins of Thermal Degradation\u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Effects of Temperature on the Composite Microstructure\u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Improving the Elevated Temperature Resistance \u003cbr\u003e4.2.6 Investigation of Elevated TemperatureResistance \u003cbr\u003e4.3 FatigueResistance\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 MechanicalFatigue\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 ThermalFatigue\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Durability\u003cbr\u003eReviewQuestions \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003eFurtherReading\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5. Materials for Lightweight Structures, Civil Infrastructure, Joining and Repair\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Materials for Light weight Structures \u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Composites with Polymer,Carbon,Ceramic and Metal Matrices \u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Cement-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Materials for Civil Infrastructure\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Materials for Joining\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Sintering or Autohesion \u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Welding \u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Brazing and Soldering\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Adhesion \u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 CementitiousJoining\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6 Joining Using Inorganic Binders\u003cbr\u003e5.3.7 Joining Using Carbon Binders\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8 Fastening\u003cbr\u003e5.3.9 ExpansionJoints\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Materials Used for Repair \u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Patching\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Wrapping\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Self-healing \u003cbr\u003eReview Questions \u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eFurther Reading \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Tailoring Composite Materials\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Tailoring by Component Selection\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Polymer-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Cement-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e6.1.3 Metal-MatrixComposites.\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Tailoring by Interface Modification \u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Interface Bond Modification \u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Interface Composition Modification\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Interface Microstructure Modification\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Tailoring by Surface Modification\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Tailoring by Microstructure Control \u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Crystallinity Control\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Porosity Control\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Tailoring by Organic–Inorganic Nanoscale Hybridization\u003cbr\u003e6.5.1 Nanocomposites with Organic Solid Nanoparticles Dispersed in an Inorganic Matrix \u003cbr\u003e6.5.2 Nanocomposites with an Organic Component Dispersed in an Inorganic Matrix Where the Organic Component is Added as a Liquid\u003cbr\u003e6.5.3 Nanocomposites Made by Inorganic Component Exfoliation and Subsequent Organic Component Adsorption\u003cbr\u003eReview Questions\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eFurther Reading \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Electrical Properties \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Origin of Electrical Conduction \u003cbr\u003e7.2 VolumeElectricalResistivity\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Calculating the Volume Electrical Resistivity of a Composite Material\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Parallel Configuration\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Series Configuration \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Contact Electrical Resistivity \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Electric Power and Resistance Heating \u003cbr\u003e7.5.1 Scientific Basis\u003cbr\u003e7.5.2 Self-Heating Structural Materials \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Effect of Temperature on the Electrical Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e7.6.1 Scientific Basis \u003cbr\u003e7.6.2 Structural Materials Used as Thermistors\u003cbr\u003e7.7 Effect of Strain on the Electrical Resistivity (Piezoresistivity) \u003cbr\u003e7.7.1 Scientific Basis\u003cbr\u003e7.7.2 Effects of Strain and Strain-Induced Damage on the Electrical Resistivity of Polymer-Matrix Structural Composites \u003cbr\u003e7.8 See beck Effect \u003cbr\u003e7.8.1 Scientific Basis \u003cbr\u003e7.8.2 Thermoelectric Composites\u003cbr\u003e7.9 Applications of Conductive Materials \u003cbr\u003e7.9.1 Overview of Applications \u003cbr\u003e7.9.2 Microelectronic Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.9.3 Electrochemical Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.10 Conductive Phase Distribution and Connectivity\u003cbr\u003e7.10.1 Effect of the Conductive Filler Aspect Ratio\u003cbr\u003e7.10.2 Effect of the Nonconductive Thermoplastic Particle Viscosity \u003cbr\u003e7.10.3 Effect of Conductive Particle Size \u003cbr\u003e7.10.4 Effect of Additives \u003cbr\u003e7.10.5 Levels of Percolation \u003cbr\u003e7.11 Electrically Conductive Joints\u003cbr\u003e7.11.1 Mechanically Strong Joints for Electrical Conduction\u003cbr\u003e7.11.2 Mechanically Weak Joints for Electrical Conduction\u003cbr\u003e7.11.3 Electrical Connection Through Pressure Application \u003cbr\u003e7.11.4 Electrical Connection Through aZ-Axis Electrical Conductor\u003cbr\u003e7.12 Porous Conductors \u003cbr\u003e7.12.1 Porous Conductors Without a Nonconductive Filler \u003cbr\u003e7.12.2 Porous Conductors With a Nonconductive \u003cbr\u003eFiller and a Conductive Additive\u003cbr\u003eReview Questions \u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eFurther Reading \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8. Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Thermal Expansion\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Specific Heat\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Phase Transformations\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Scientific Basis \u003cbr\u003e8.3.2 Shape Memory Effect\u003cbr\u003e8.3.3 Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Thermal Conductivity \u003cbr\u003e8.5 Thermal Conductance of an Interface\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Evaluating the Thermal Conduction \u003cbr\u003e8.6.1 Guarded Hot Plate Method\u003cbr\u003e8.6.2 Laser Flash Method \u003cbr\u003e8.7 Thermal Interface Materials \u003cbr\u003e8.8 Composites Used for Microelectronic Heat Sinks \u003cbr\u003e8.8.1 Metals, Diamond, and Ceramics \u003cbr\u003e8.8.2 Metal-Matrix Composites\u003cbr\u003e8.8.3 Carbon-Matrix Composites \u003cbr\u003e8.8.4 Carbon and Graphite\u003cbr\u003e8.8.5 Ceramic-Matrix Composites \u003cbr\u003e8.8.6 Polymer-Matrix Composites \u003cbr\u003e8.9 Carbon Fiber Polymer-Matrix Composites for Aircraft Heat Dissipation \u003cbr\u003e8.9.1 Interlaminar Interface Nanostructuring \u003cbr\u003e8.9.2 Through-ThicknessThermal Conductivity \u003cbr\u003e8.9.3 Through-Thickness Compressive Properties \u003cbr\u003e8.9.4 FlexuralProperties\u003cbr\u003e8.10 Composites Used for Thermal Insulation \u003cbr\u003eExampleProblems \u003cbr\u003eReviewQuestions \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003eFurtherReading \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAppendix: Test \u003cbr\u003eTestQuestions\u003cbr\u003ePartI(32%) \u003cbr\u003ePartII(68%) \u003cbr\u003eTestSolutions\u003cbr\u003ePartI(32%) \u003cbr\u003ePartII(68%)\u003cbr\u003eIndex \n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDeborah D.L. Chung is Professor in the Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering at the University of Buffalo, USA. She has a PhD in Materials Science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:21-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:21-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2010","applications of composite materials","book","composite materials","composite materials structure","funcional composites materials","p-structural","polymer","processing of composite materials","properies of composite materials"],"price":22000,"price_min":22000,"price_max":22000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378351172,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Composite Materials","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":22000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-84882-830-8","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84882-830-8.jpg?v=1499724063"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84882-830-8.jpg?v=1499724063","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":353964359773,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84882-830-8.jpg?v=1499724063"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-84882-830-8.jpg?v=1499724063","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: Chung, Deborah D. L. \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-84882-830-8 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2nd ed., 371 p. 210 illus.\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nProvides a comprehensive treatment of functional composite materials, covering functions related to the thermal, electrical, electromagnetic, thermoelectric, dielectric, optical, magnetic and electrochemical behaviour.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e- The 2nd edition includes an expanded treatment of each topic, particularly in relation to applications and practical considerations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe applications of composite materials continue to be of increasing importance due to the industry’s need for modern analysis and improved performance. The first edition of Composite Materials introduced a new way of looking at composite materials: covering composites in accordance with their functions. This second edition expands the book’s scope to emphasize application-driven and process-oriented materials development. Although applications are the economical and technological driving force of materials development, processes often determine the feasibility and practicality.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis tutorial-style reference book examines both structural composite materials (including their mechanical properties, durability, and degradation) and functional composite materials (including their electrical, piezoresistive, and thermal properties), as needed for a substantial range of applications. The emphasis on application-driven and process-oriented materials development is enhanced by a large amount of experimental results that provide real illustrations of composite materials development.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eComposite Materials is an essential book for researchers and engineers who are interested in materials development for industrial applications. It has a vibrant yet functional approach, making it suitable for both students and practitioners, and provides a full explanation of all of the fundamental concepts related to the structural and functional properties covered.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Engineering Materials and Processes series focuses on all forms of materials and the processes used to synthesise and formulate them as they relate to the various engineering disciplines. The series deals with a diverse range of materials: ceramics; metals (ferrous and non-ferrous); semiconductors; composites, polymers, biomimetics etc. Each monograph in the series is written by a specialist and demonstrates how enhancements in materials and the processes associated with them can improve performance in the field of engineering in which they are used.\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nContents \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 Composite Material Structure and Processing \u003cbr\u003e1.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.2 CompositeMaterialStructure\u003cbr\u003e1.2.1 Continuous Fiber Composites\u003cbr\u003e1.2.2 Carbon–CarbonComposites \u003cbr\u003e1.2.3 Cement-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Processing of Composite Materials\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Polymer-MatrixComposites \u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Metal-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e1.3.3 Carbon-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e1.3.4 Ceramic-MatrixComposites \u003cbr\u003e1.3.5 Cement-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e1.4 Composite Design Concepts\u003cbr\u003e1.5 ApplicationsofCompositeMaterials\u003cbr\u003eReviewQuestions \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003eFurtherReading \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Carbon Fibers and Nanofillers \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Carbons\u003cbr\u003e2.2 CarbonFibers \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Nanofillers\u003cbr\u003eReviewQuestions \u003cbr\u003eFurtherReading\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Mechanical Properties \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Property Requirements \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Basic Mechanical Properties \u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Modulus of Elasticity\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Strength\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 Ductility\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Effect of Damage on the Mechanical Properties \u003cbr\u003e3.4 Brittlevs.DuctileMaterials\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Strengthening \u003cbr\u003e3.6 VibrationDampingAbility \u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Introduction \u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Viscoelastic Behavior \u003cbr\u003e3.6.3 Pseudoplasticity and Ferroelasticity\u003cbr\u003e3.6.4 Interfacial Damping\u003cbr\u003e3.6.5 Structural Materialsfor Damping\u003cbr\u003e3.6.6 Comparison of Materials Utilized for Damping\u003cbr\u003e3.6.7 Emerging Materials for Damping \u003cbr\u003eReviewQuestions \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003eFurtherReading \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4. Durability and Degradation of Materials\u003cbr\u003e4.1 CorrosionResistance \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 IntroductiontoElectrochemicalBehavior\u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 CorrosionProtection\u003cbr\u003e4.2 ElevatedTemperatureResistance\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 TechnologicalRelevance\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Effects of ThermalDegradation \u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Origins of Thermal Degradation\u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Effects of Temperature on the Composite Microstructure\u003cbr\u003e4.2.5 Improving the Elevated Temperature Resistance \u003cbr\u003e4.2.6 Investigation of Elevated TemperatureResistance \u003cbr\u003e4.3 FatigueResistance\u003cbr\u003e4.3.1 MechanicalFatigue\u003cbr\u003e4.3.2 ThermalFatigue\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Durability\u003cbr\u003eReviewQuestions \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003eFurtherReading\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5. Materials for Lightweight Structures, Civil Infrastructure, Joining and Repair\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Materials for Light weight Structures \u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 Composites with Polymer,Carbon,Ceramic and Metal Matrices \u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 Cement-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Materials for Civil Infrastructure\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Materials for Joining\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Sintering or Autohesion \u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Welding \u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Brazing and Soldering\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Adhesion \u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 CementitiousJoining\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6 Joining Using Inorganic Binders\u003cbr\u003e5.3.7 Joining Using Carbon Binders\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8 Fastening\u003cbr\u003e5.3.9 ExpansionJoints\u003cbr\u003e5.4 Materials Used for Repair \u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Patching\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Wrapping\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Self-healing \u003cbr\u003eReview Questions \u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eFurther Reading \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Tailoring Composite Materials\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Tailoring by Component Selection\u003cbr\u003e6.1.1 Polymer-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e6.1.2 Cement-MatrixComposites\u003cbr\u003e6.1.3 Metal-MatrixComposites.\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Tailoring by Interface Modification \u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Interface Bond Modification \u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Interface Composition Modification\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Interface Microstructure Modification\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Tailoring by Surface Modification\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Tailoring by Microstructure Control \u003cbr\u003e6.4.1 Crystallinity Control\u003cbr\u003e6.4.2 Porosity Control\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Tailoring by Organic–Inorganic Nanoscale Hybridization\u003cbr\u003e6.5.1 Nanocomposites with Organic Solid Nanoparticles Dispersed in an Inorganic Matrix \u003cbr\u003e6.5.2 Nanocomposites with an Organic Component Dispersed in an Inorganic Matrix Where the Organic Component is Added as a Liquid\u003cbr\u003e6.5.3 Nanocomposites Made by Inorganic Component Exfoliation and Subsequent Organic Component Adsorption\u003cbr\u003eReview Questions\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eFurther Reading \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Electrical Properties \u003cbr\u003e7.1 Origin of Electrical Conduction \u003cbr\u003e7.2 VolumeElectricalResistivity\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Calculating the Volume Electrical Resistivity of a Composite Material\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Parallel Configuration\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Series Configuration \u003cbr\u003e7.4 Contact Electrical Resistivity \u003cbr\u003e7.5 Electric Power and Resistance Heating \u003cbr\u003e7.5.1 Scientific Basis\u003cbr\u003e7.5.2 Self-Heating Structural Materials \u003cbr\u003e7.6 Effect of Temperature on the Electrical Resistivity\u003cbr\u003e7.6.1 Scientific Basis \u003cbr\u003e7.6.2 Structural Materials Used as Thermistors\u003cbr\u003e7.7 Effect of Strain on the Electrical Resistivity (Piezoresistivity) \u003cbr\u003e7.7.1 Scientific Basis\u003cbr\u003e7.7.2 Effects of Strain and Strain-Induced Damage on the Electrical Resistivity of Polymer-Matrix Structural Composites \u003cbr\u003e7.8 See beck Effect \u003cbr\u003e7.8.1 Scientific Basis \u003cbr\u003e7.8.2 Thermoelectric Composites\u003cbr\u003e7.9 Applications of Conductive Materials \u003cbr\u003e7.9.1 Overview of Applications \u003cbr\u003e7.9.2 Microelectronic Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.9.3 Electrochemical Applications\u003cbr\u003e7.10 Conductive Phase Distribution and Connectivity\u003cbr\u003e7.10.1 Effect of the Conductive Filler Aspect Ratio\u003cbr\u003e7.10.2 Effect of the Nonconductive Thermoplastic Particle Viscosity \u003cbr\u003e7.10.3 Effect of Conductive Particle Size \u003cbr\u003e7.10.4 Effect of Additives \u003cbr\u003e7.10.5 Levels of Percolation \u003cbr\u003e7.11 Electrically Conductive Joints\u003cbr\u003e7.11.1 Mechanically Strong Joints for Electrical Conduction\u003cbr\u003e7.11.2 Mechanically Weak Joints for Electrical Conduction\u003cbr\u003e7.11.3 Electrical Connection Through Pressure Application \u003cbr\u003e7.11.4 Electrical Connection Through aZ-Axis Electrical Conductor\u003cbr\u003e7.12 Porous Conductors \u003cbr\u003e7.12.1 Porous Conductors Without a Nonconductive Filler \u003cbr\u003e7.12.2 Porous Conductors With a Nonconductive \u003cbr\u003eFiller and a Conductive Additive\u003cbr\u003eReview Questions \u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003eFurther Reading \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8. Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Thermal Expansion\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Specific Heat\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Phase Transformations\u003cbr\u003e8.3.1 Scientific Basis \u003cbr\u003e8.3.2 Shape Memory Effect\u003cbr\u003e8.3.3 Calorimetry\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Thermal Conductivity \u003cbr\u003e8.5 Thermal Conductance of an Interface\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Evaluating the Thermal Conduction \u003cbr\u003e8.6.1 Guarded Hot Plate Method\u003cbr\u003e8.6.2 Laser Flash Method \u003cbr\u003e8.7 Thermal Interface Materials \u003cbr\u003e8.8 Composites Used for Microelectronic Heat Sinks \u003cbr\u003e8.8.1 Metals, Diamond, and Ceramics \u003cbr\u003e8.8.2 Metal-Matrix Composites\u003cbr\u003e8.8.3 Carbon-Matrix Composites \u003cbr\u003e8.8.4 Carbon and Graphite\u003cbr\u003e8.8.5 Ceramic-Matrix Composites \u003cbr\u003e8.8.6 Polymer-Matrix Composites \u003cbr\u003e8.9 Carbon Fiber Polymer-Matrix Composites for Aircraft Heat Dissipation \u003cbr\u003e8.9.1 Interlaminar Interface Nanostructuring \u003cbr\u003e8.9.2 Through-ThicknessThermal Conductivity \u003cbr\u003e8.9.3 Through-Thickness Compressive Properties \u003cbr\u003e8.9.4 FlexuralProperties\u003cbr\u003e8.10 Composites Used for Thermal Insulation \u003cbr\u003eExampleProblems \u003cbr\u003eReviewQuestions \u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003eFurtherReading \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAppendix: Test \u003cbr\u003eTestQuestions\u003cbr\u003ePartI(32%) \u003cbr\u003ePartII(68%) \u003cbr\u003eTestSolutions\u003cbr\u003ePartI(32%) \u003cbr\u003ePartII(68%)\u003cbr\u003eIndex \n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDeborah D.L. Chung is Professor in the Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering at the University of Buffalo, USA. She has a PhD in Materials Science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA."}
Description Author: David K. Platt ISBN 978-1-85957-519-2 Rapra Market Report Summary Biodegradable polymers have experienced strong growth over the last three years and are set to make further inroads into markets traditionally dominated by conventional thermoplastics in future. Demand is being driven by a number of factors. The cost of biodegradable polymers has come down considerably...
$390.00
in stock
{"id":11242213828,"title":"Biodegradable Polymers","handle":"978-1-85957-519-2","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: David K. Platt \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-519-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra Market Report\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nBiodegradable polymers have experienced strong growth over the last three years and are set to make further inroads into markets traditionally dominated by conventional thermoplastics in future. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDemand is being driven by a number of factors. \u003cbr\u003eThe cost of biodegradable polymers has come down considerably over the last three years while at the same time standard thermoplastic prices have increased considerably. Now, some classes of biodegradable polymers are price competitive with polymers such as PET. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe biodegradable polymers industry itself has established an agreed framework for testing and certification and there is growing political pressure in developed countries to reduce packaging waste and develop a composting infrastructure. Biodegradable polymer producers have also invested in product and process improvements. Finally, consumers and brand owners are beginning to recognize the benefits of sustainable or ‘green’ packaging. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFour main classes of biodegradable polymers are analyzed in this report, polylactic acid (PLA), starch-based polymers, synthetic biodegradable polymers, such as aromatic aliphatic co-polyesters, and polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHA). The report analyses their key performance properties, applications development, market drivers and future prospects. Each product section also contains an estimate of market size by world region and end use market, plus forecasts to 2010. There is also an analysis of key suppliers and their products. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eKey Features\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eBiodegradable polymers market size by geographic region, polymer type and end use sector, 2000 and 2005, plus forecasts to 2010. Market opportunity analysis by end use sector, such as packaging, bags and sacks, foodservice, agriculture, medical, consumer products and fibres. Illustrations of product and applications development over the last three years. Supply chain analysis: including details of thirty leading biodegradable polymer suppliers and profiles of around fifty of the world’s leading biodegradable polymer processors. Analysis of biodegradable polymer performance properties, market drivers, applications and product developments.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDavid Platt graduated from the University of Nottingham with an Economics degree before completing an MBA at the University of Bradford. He joined a leading international market consultancy where he specialized in plastics sector research. He conducted a wide range of multi-client and single-client studies covering a wide range of materials, from standard thermoplastics, engineering and high performance polymers to conductive polymers and thermoplastic elastomers. Now operating as a freelance consultant, he makes regular contributions to the European plastics trade press, and works with leading plastics industry consultants.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:20-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:20-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2006","agriculture","analysis","aromatic aliphatic co-polyesters","bags","biodegradable polymers","book","consumer products","foodservice","market","medical","packaging","PHA","PLA","polyhydroxyalkanoates","polylactic acid","polymer","polymers","properties","report","sacks","starch-based polymers","synthetic biodegradable polymers"],"price":39000,"price_min":39000,"price_max":39000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378350852,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Biodegradable Polymers","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":39000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-519-2","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-519-2.jpg?v=1498191157"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-519-2.jpg?v=1498191157","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":350156882013,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-519-2.jpg?v=1498191157"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-519-2.jpg?v=1498191157","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: David K. Platt \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-519-2 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRapra Market Report\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nBiodegradable polymers have experienced strong growth over the last three years and are set to make further inroads into markets traditionally dominated by conventional thermoplastics in future. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDemand is being driven by a number of factors. \u003cbr\u003eThe cost of biodegradable polymers has come down considerably over the last three years while at the same time standard thermoplastic prices have increased considerably. Now, some classes of biodegradable polymers are price competitive with polymers such as PET. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe biodegradable polymers industry itself has established an agreed framework for testing and certification and there is growing political pressure in developed countries to reduce packaging waste and develop a composting infrastructure. Biodegradable polymer producers have also invested in product and process improvements. Finally, consumers and brand owners are beginning to recognize the benefits of sustainable or ‘green’ packaging. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFour main classes of biodegradable polymers are analyzed in this report, polylactic acid (PLA), starch-based polymers, synthetic biodegradable polymers, such as aromatic aliphatic co-polyesters, and polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHA). The report analyses their key performance properties, applications development, market drivers and future prospects. Each product section also contains an estimate of market size by world region and end use market, plus forecasts to 2010. There is also an analysis of key suppliers and their products. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eKey Features\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eBiodegradable polymers market size by geographic region, polymer type and end use sector, 2000 and 2005, plus forecasts to 2010. Market opportunity analysis by end use sector, such as packaging, bags and sacks, foodservice, agriculture, medical, consumer products and fibres. Illustrations of product and applications development over the last three years. Supply chain analysis: including details of thirty leading biodegradable polymer suppliers and profiles of around fifty of the world’s leading biodegradable polymer processors. Analysis of biodegradable polymer performance properties, market drivers, applications and product developments.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDavid Platt graduated from the University of Nottingham with an Economics degree before completing an MBA at the University of Bradford. He joined a leading international market consultancy where he specialized in plastics sector research. He conducted a wide range of multi-client and single-client studies covering a wide range of materials, from standard thermoplastics, engineering and high performance polymers to conductive polymers and thermoplastic elastomers. Now operating as a freelance consultant, he makes regular contributions to the European plastics trade press, and works with leading plastics industry consultants."}
Description Author: D. Nichols, Thor Overseas Limited ISBN 978-1-85957-512-3 Pages: 126Format: Soft-backed Summary The use of biocides in plastics is commonplace. They are added to protect the plastic from degradation by microbes or to provide an external antimicrobial hygienic surface.Biocides are selected on the basis of their function and the application for which they are...
$153.00
in stock
{"id":11242214020,"title":"Biocides in Plastics","handle":"978-1-85957-512-3","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D. Nichols, Thor Overseas Limited \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-512-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePages: 126\u003cbr\u003eFormat: Soft-backed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe use of biocides in plastics is commonplace. They are added to protect the plastic from degradation by microbes or to provide an external antimicrobial hygienic surface.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBiocides are selected on the basis of their function and the application for which they are intended, but choosing the right biocide is often not so simple. As well as biocidal performance, the in-process stability, migration, leachability, light and heat stability may all be important factors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Rapra Review Report examines the use of biocides in plastics with reference to material types and application requirements. The commonly available biocides are reviewed and details of their strengths and weaknesses are provided. The author reviews the frequently used test methods for fungi and bacteria, and, in an ever-changing regulatory environment, explores the influence of legislation on the current and future use of such biocides.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis report will be of interest to biocide suppliers and plastic product manufacturers, and to all professionals requiring information on biocide chemistry and application.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis detailed and state-of-the-art review is supported by an indexed section containing several hundred key references and abstracts selected from the Polymer Library.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 INTRODUCTION\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Bacteria\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Fungi\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Algae\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 THE NEED FOR BIOCIDES IN PLASTICS AND BASIC MICROBIOLOGY\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 PLASTIC MATERIALS REQUIRING BIOCIDES\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Biostabiliser Effects\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Nutrient Sources for Fungi and Bacteria\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Microbiological Effects\u003cbr\u003e3.1.3 Organisms of Importance\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Hygienic Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Organisms of Interest\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Merits of Such Biocides\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 The Bacterial Problem\u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 False Claims\u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 Conclusions Regarding Hygienic Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Active Packaging\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 TEST METHODS\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Fungal Test Methods\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Fungicidal Procedures\u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Fungistatic Procedures\u003cbr\u003e4.1.3 Soil Burial\u003cbr\u003e4.1.4 Humidity Chamber or Vermiculite Bed\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Bacterial Test Methods\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Resistance of Plastic to Bacteria\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Antimicrobial Plastic\u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Pink Stain Test\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Laboratory Tests versus use Conditions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 AVAILABLE ACTIVE INGREDIENTS\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Migratory Biocides\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 OBPA\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 OIT\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Butyl BIT\u003cbr\u003e5.1.4 Zinc Pyrithione\u003cbr\u003e5.1.5 Iodo-Propylbutyl Carbamate (IPBC)\u003cbr\u003e5.1.6 N-Haloalkylthio Compounds\u003cbr\u003e5.1.7 Carbendazim (N-benzimidazol-2-ylcarbamic acid methylester)\u003cbr\u003e5.1.8 Bethoxazin (3-Benzo(b)thien-2-yl-5,6-dihydro-1,4,2-oxathiazine 4-oxide)\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Non or Low Migratory Biocides\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Triclosan (2,2,4-dicholoro-2-hydroxydiphenyl ether)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 DCOIT \u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Silver\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Sustainable Antimicrobial Polymers (Degussa)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Other Ingredients\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 LEGISLATION REGARDING BIOCIDES\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Limitations of Use\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Future Requirements\u003cbr\u003e6.3 BPD Exemptions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 SUMMARY\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References\u003cbr\u003eUnpublished References\u003cbr\u003eBibliography\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations\u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDean Nichols has a BSc. (Hons.) degree in biology and has worked for THOR, a speciality chemicals company and leading biocide company, for the past 15 years. His experience has involved research and development and marketing of biocides and other speciality chemicals to the Middle East, Europe and some countries in the Far East. Currently, he is a member of Thors biocide product management team and has a global role for promotion of products, services and expertise into various market sectors.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:20-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:20-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2005","Biocides","book","degradation plastics","environment","p-additives","polymer"],"price":15300,"price_min":15300,"price_max":15300,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378351044,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Biocides in Plastics","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":15300,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-512-3","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-512-3.jpg?v=1498191099"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-512-3.jpg?v=1498191099","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":350156849245,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-512-3.jpg?v=1498191099"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-512-3.jpg?v=1498191099","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D. Nichols, Thor Overseas Limited \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-512-3 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePages: 126\u003cbr\u003eFormat: Soft-backed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe use of biocides in plastics is commonplace. They are added to protect the plastic from degradation by microbes or to provide an external antimicrobial hygienic surface.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBiocides are selected on the basis of their function and the application for which they are intended, but choosing the right biocide is often not so simple. As well as biocidal performance, the in-process stability, migration, leachability, light and heat stability may all be important factors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Rapra Review Report examines the use of biocides in plastics with reference to material types and application requirements. The commonly available biocides are reviewed and details of their strengths and weaknesses are provided. The author reviews the frequently used test methods for fungi and bacteria, and, in an ever-changing regulatory environment, explores the influence of legislation on the current and future use of such biocides.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis report will be of interest to biocide suppliers and plastic product manufacturers, and to all professionals requiring information on biocide chemistry and application.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis detailed and state-of-the-art review is supported by an indexed section containing several hundred key references and abstracts selected from the Polymer Library.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1 INTRODUCTION\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Bacteria\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Fungi\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Algae\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 THE NEED FOR BIOCIDES IN PLASTICS AND BASIC MICROBIOLOGY\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 PLASTIC MATERIALS REQUIRING BIOCIDES\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Biostabiliser Effects\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Nutrient Sources for Fungi and Bacteria\u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Microbiological Effects\u003cbr\u003e3.1.3 Organisms of Importance\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Hygienic Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Organisms of Interest\u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Merits of Such Biocides\u003cbr\u003e3.2.3 The Bacterial Problem\u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 False Claims\u003cbr\u003e3.2.5 Conclusions Regarding Hygienic Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Active Packaging\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 TEST METHODS\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Fungal Test Methods\u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Fungicidal Procedures\u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Fungistatic Procedures\u003cbr\u003e4.1.3 Soil Burial\u003cbr\u003e4.1.4 Humidity Chamber or Vermiculite Bed\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Bacterial Test Methods\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Resistance of Plastic to Bacteria\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Antimicrobial Plastic\u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Pink Stain Test\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Laboratory Tests versus use Conditions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 AVAILABLE ACTIVE INGREDIENTS\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Migratory Biocides\u003cbr\u003e5.1.1 OBPA\u003cbr\u003e5.1.2 OIT\u003cbr\u003e5.1.3 Butyl BIT\u003cbr\u003e5.1.4 Zinc Pyrithione\u003cbr\u003e5.1.5 Iodo-Propylbutyl Carbamate (IPBC)\u003cbr\u003e5.1.6 N-Haloalkylthio Compounds\u003cbr\u003e5.1.7 Carbendazim (N-benzimidazol-2-ylcarbamic acid methylester)\u003cbr\u003e5.1.8 Bethoxazin (3-Benzo(b)thien-2-yl-5,6-dihydro-1,4,2-oxathiazine 4-oxide)\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Non or Low Migratory Biocides\u003cbr\u003e5.2.1 Triclosan (2,2,4-dicholoro-2-hydroxydiphenyl ether)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.2 DCOIT \u003cbr\u003e5.2.3 Silver\u003cbr\u003e5.2.4 Sustainable Antimicrobial Polymers (Degussa)\u003cbr\u003e5.2.5 Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Other Ingredients\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 LEGISLATION REGARDING BIOCIDES\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Limitations of Use\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Future Requirements\u003cbr\u003e6.3 BPD Exemptions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 SUMMARY\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdditional References\u003cbr\u003eUnpublished References\u003cbr\u003eBibliography\u003cbr\u003eAcknowledgements\u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations\u003cbr\u003eSubject Index\u003cbr\u003eCompany Index\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDean Nichols has a BSc. (Hons.) degree in biology and has worked for THOR, a speciality chemicals company and leading biocide company, for the past 15 years. His experience has involved research and development and marketing of biocides and other speciality chemicals to the Middle East, Europe and some countries in the Far East. Currently, he is a member of Thors biocide product management team and has a global role for promotion of products, services and expertise into various market sectors."}
Description Author: D.B. Wootton ISBN 978-1-85957-277-1 pages 248 Summary This book is written in a very readable style. It starts by describing the history of the use of textiles in rubber composites and progresses through the technology of yarn production to the details of fabric construction. The five core fabric materials used in rubber reinforcement are...
$180.00
in stock
{"id":11242213892,"title":"Application of Textiles in Rubber (The)","handle":"978-1-85957-277-1","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D.B. Wootton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-277-1 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 248\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis book is written in a very readable style. It starts by describing the history of the use of textiles in rubber composites and progresses through the technology of yarn production to the details of fabric construction. The five core fabric materials used in rubber reinforcement are covered, i.e., cotton, rayon, polyester, nylon, and aramid. Adhesion of fabrics to the rubber matrix is discussed and tests for measuring adhesion are described. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn the second half of the book, specific applications of fabrics in rubber are described in detail: conveyor belting, hose, power transmission belting and coated fabrics in structural applications. There are also short sections on applications such as hovercraft skirts, air brake chamber diaphragms, and snowmobile tracks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nHistorical Background \u003cbr\u003eProduction and Properties of Textile Yarns \u003cbr\u003eYarn and Cord Processes \u003cbr\u003eFabric Formation and Design of Fabrics \u003cbr\u003eHeat-Setting and Adhesive Treatments \u003cbr\u003eBasic Rubber Compounding and Composite Assembly \u003cbr\u003eAssessment of Adhesion \u003cbr\u003eConveyor Belting \u003cbr\u003eHose \u003cbr\u003ePower Transmission Belts \u003cbr\u003eApplications of Coated Fabrics \u003cbr\u003eMiscellaneous Applications of Textiles in Rubber \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations \u0026amp; Acronyms \u003cbr\u003eGlossary\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDavid Wootton has many years of experience as a technical expert working for the rubber industry and subsequently the textile industry. In his most recent post, he worked as Technical Services Manager for Milliken Industrials Limited, producing industrial fabrics for polymer reinforcement. He has written and lectured on the topics of textile reinforcement and adhesion. This book is a revised version of the well-known 'Textile Reinforcement of Elastomers' published over twenty years ago and edited by David Wootton and W.C. Wake.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:20-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:20-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2001","adhesion","book","coated fabrics","compounding","cord","r-formulation","rubber","rubber reinforcement","textiles","yarns"],"price":18000,"price_min":18000,"price_max":18000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378350916,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Application of Textiles in Rubber (The)","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":18000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":0,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-277-1","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-277-1.jpg?v=1498187355"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-277-1.jpg?v=1498187355","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":350148722781,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-277-1.jpg?v=1498187355"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-277-1.jpg?v=1498187355","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D.B. Wootton \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-277-1 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 248\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThis book is written in a very readable style. It starts by describing the history of the use of textiles in rubber composites and progresses through the technology of yarn production to the details of fabric construction. The five core fabric materials used in rubber reinforcement are covered, i.e., cotton, rayon, polyester, nylon, and aramid. Adhesion of fabrics to the rubber matrix is discussed and tests for measuring adhesion are described. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn the second half of the book, specific applications of fabrics in rubber are described in detail: conveyor belting, hose, power transmission belting and coated fabrics in structural applications. There are also short sections on applications such as hovercraft skirts, air brake chamber diaphragms, and snowmobile tracks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nHistorical Background \u003cbr\u003eProduction and Properties of Textile Yarns \u003cbr\u003eYarn and Cord Processes \u003cbr\u003eFabric Formation and Design of Fabrics \u003cbr\u003eHeat-Setting and Adhesive Treatments \u003cbr\u003eBasic Rubber Compounding and Composite Assembly \u003cbr\u003eAssessment of Adhesion \u003cbr\u003eConveyor Belting \u003cbr\u003eHose \u003cbr\u003ePower Transmission Belts \u003cbr\u003eApplications of Coated Fabrics \u003cbr\u003eMiscellaneous Applications of Textiles in Rubber \u003cbr\u003eAbbreviations \u0026amp; Acronyms \u003cbr\u003eGlossary\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDavid Wootton has many years of experience as a technical expert working for the rubber industry and subsequently the textile industry. In his most recent post, he worked as Technical Services Manager for Milliken Industrials Limited, producing industrial fabrics for polymer reinforcement. He has written and lectured on the topics of textile reinforcement and adhesion. This book is a revised version of the well-known 'Textile Reinforcement of Elastomers' published over twenty years ago and edited by David Wootton and W.C. Wake."}
Description Author: D. Packham ISBN 978-1-85957-357-0 pages 116 Summary A large number of objects produced from polymers are moulded. One of the main problems of moulding with polymers is the fact that the articles produced often stick in the mould. An associated problem is that of mould fouling where deposits from previous items stick to the...
$120.00
in stock
{"id":11242213508,"title":"Mould Sticking, Fouling and Cleaning","handle":"978-1-85957-357-0","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D. Packham \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-357-0 \u003cbr\u003epages 116\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nA large number of objects produced from polymers are moulded. One of the main problems of moulding with polymers is the fact that the articles produced often stick in the mould. An associated problem is that of mould fouling where deposits from previous items stick to the surface of the mould and these in turn cause blemishes on the next product. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMould release and mould fouling have serious implications to the polymer industry in terms of limiting the production rate and in an industry where ‘time is money’ this can represent a significant cost to that industry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review first discusses mould release and then addresses mould fouling. Significant material and process variables are considered first and then practical guidance on the selection of release agents and surface treatments are addressed. This is followed by advice on mould cleaning and the assessment of mould sticking and mould fouling. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review report should be of interest to anyone involved in the moulding of polymers and to anyone who is about to take their first steps into this area.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2. The Underlying Causes of Mould Sticking and Fouling \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Contact and Adhesion \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Fundamental and Practical Adhesion \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Failure Energy \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Surface Activity and Incompatibility \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Summary of the Underlying Causes \u003cbr\u003e3. Investigations into Mould Release and Fouling \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Systematic Studies of Mould Release \u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Early Work on Release of Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Release of Model Polyurethane Rubber \u003cbr\u003e3.1.3 Internal Release Agents \u003cbr\u003e3.1.4 Emulsion Polymerised Nitrile Rubber \u003cbr\u003e3.1.5 Mould Release: Other Studies \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Systematic Studies of Mould Fouling \u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Early Work on Fouling of Rubber Moulds \u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Filled Nitrile Rubber 3.2.3 Japanese Work \u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Mould Fouling: Other Studies \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Mould Release and Fouling – General Discussion \u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Mould Release Agents \u003cbr\u003e4. Practical Aspects of Mould Release and Fouling \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Surface Treatment of Moulds \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Hardening Treatments \u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Ion Implantation \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Practical Aspects: Selection of Release Agents \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Cleaning \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Assessment of Release and Fouling Behaviour \u003cbr\u003e5. Conclusions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDavid Packham is Senior Lecturer in Materials Science at the University of Bath. He has a BSc from the University of Durham and a Ph.D. from the City University, London; both are in chemistry. After industrial research with Van Leer, he moved to Bath where his research includes polymer\/metal adhesion, crosslink structure and properties of rubber, the nature of university education and the public understanding of science. He is an author of over a hundred publications in these areas. He is a member of the Royal Society of Chemistry and of the Institute of Materials.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:19-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:19-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2002","adhesion","book","cleaning","fouling","hardening treatments","injection molding","molding","moulding","p-processing","poly","release agents","rubber","sticking","surface"],"price":12000,"price_min":12000,"price_max":12000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378350532,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Mould Sticking, Fouling and Cleaning","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":12000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":-1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-357-0.jpg?v=1499716706"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-357-0.jpg?v=1499716706","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":358514917469,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"width":345,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-357-0.jpg?v=1499716706"},"aspect_ratio":0.767,"height":450,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-357-0.jpg?v=1499716706","width":345}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: D. Packham \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-357-0 \u003cbr\u003epages 116\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nA large number of objects produced from polymers are moulded. One of the main problems of moulding with polymers is the fact that the articles produced often stick in the mould. An associated problem is that of mould fouling where deposits from previous items stick to the surface of the mould and these in turn cause blemishes on the next product. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMould release and mould fouling have serious implications to the polymer industry in terms of limiting the production rate and in an industry where ‘time is money’ this can represent a significant cost to that industry. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review first discusses mould release and then addresses mould fouling. Significant material and process variables are considered first and then practical guidance on the selection of release agents and surface treatments are addressed. This is followed by advice on mould cleaning and the assessment of mould sticking and mould fouling. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis review report should be of interest to anyone involved in the moulding of polymers and to anyone who is about to take their first steps into this area.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\n1. Introduction \u003cbr\u003e2. The Underlying Causes of Mould Sticking and Fouling \u003cbr\u003e2.1 Contact and Adhesion \u003cbr\u003e2.2 Fundamental and Practical Adhesion \u003cbr\u003e2.3 Failure Energy \u003cbr\u003e2.4 Surface Activity and Incompatibility \u003cbr\u003e2.5 Summary of the Underlying Causes \u003cbr\u003e3. Investigations into Mould Release and Fouling \u003cbr\u003e3.1 Systematic Studies of Mould Release \u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Early Work on Release of Rubbers \u003cbr\u003e3.1.2 Release of Model Polyurethane Rubber \u003cbr\u003e3.1.3 Internal Release Agents \u003cbr\u003e3.1.4 Emulsion Polymerised Nitrile Rubber \u003cbr\u003e3.1.5 Mould Release: Other Studies \u003cbr\u003e3.2 Systematic Studies of Mould Fouling \u003cbr\u003e3.2.1 Early Work on Fouling of Rubber Moulds \u003cbr\u003e3.2.2 Filled Nitrile Rubber 3.2.3 Japanese Work \u003cbr\u003e3.2.4 Mould Fouling: Other Studies \u003cbr\u003e3.3 Mould Release and Fouling – General Discussion \u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Mould Release Agents \u003cbr\u003e4. Practical Aspects of Mould Release and Fouling \u003cbr\u003e4.1 Surface Treatment of Moulds \u003cbr\u003e4.1.1 Hardening Treatments \u003cbr\u003e4.1.2 Ion Implantation \u003cbr\u003e4.2 Practical Aspects: Selection of Release Agents \u003cbr\u003e4.3 Cleaning \u003cbr\u003e4.4 Assessment of Release and Fouling Behaviour \u003cbr\u003e5. Conclusions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDavid Packham is Senior Lecturer in Materials Science at the University of Bath. He has a BSc from the University of Durham and a Ph.D. from the City University, London; both are in chemistry. After industrial research with Van Leer, he moved to Bath where his research includes polymer\/metal adhesion, crosslink structure and properties of rubber, the nature of university education and the public understanding of science. He is an author of over a hundred publications in these areas. He is a member of the Royal Society of Chemistry and of the Institute of Materials."}
Description Author: David Eaves ISBN 978-1-85957-388-6 pages 274 Summary The use of polymer foams is extremely widespread. Indeed, it is hard to think of any industries where polymer foams do not have a part to play. They can be found for example in sports and leisure products, in military applications, in vehicles, in aircraft, and in...
$190.00
in stock
{"id":11242213380,"title":"Handbook of Polymer Foams","handle":"978-1-85957-388-4","description":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: David Eaves \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-388-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 274\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe use of polymer foams is extremely widespread. Indeed, it is hard to think of any industries where polymer foams do not have a part to play. They can be found for example in sports and leisure products, in military applications, in vehicles, in aircraft, and in the home. Most people will encounter polymer foams every day in one form or another, whether it be in furniture, in packaging, in their car, in refrigerator insulation, or in some other common application. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAlthough naturally occurring polymer foams have been known for a long time, (e.g., sponges, cork), synthetic polymer foams have only been introduced to the market over the last fifty years or so. The development of a new polymer has usually been quickly followed by its production in an expanded or foam form owing to the unique and useful properties, which can be realised in the expanded state. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Handbook reviews the chemistry, manufacturing methods, properties and applications of the synthetic polymer foams used in most applications. In addition, a chapter is included on the fundamental principles, which apply to all polymer foams. There is also a chapter on the blowing agents used to expand polymers, blowing agents having undergone considerable change and development in recent years in order to meet the requirements of the Montreal Protocol in relation to the reduction and elimination of chloroflurocarbons (CFC) and other ozone depleting agents. A chapter is also included on microcellular foams - a relatively new development where applications are still being explored. Most chapters have references to facilitate further exploration of the topics. The chapters are all written by experts in the field. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be of interest to those just embarking upon an exploration of the subject of foams, whether in industry or academia. But this will be equally useful to those already working in the field, who need to know about different types of foam.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPreface \u003cbr\u003e1 Foam Fundamentals (David Eaves, Independent Consultant)\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Foam Structure\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Foam Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Compression Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Energy Absorption Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.3.3 Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Blowing Agents (Sachida Singh, Huntsman Polyurethanes)\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Physical Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Selection Criteria for Physical Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Halogenated Hydrocarbons\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Hydrocarbons (HC)\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Inert Gases\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Other Physical Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Blends of Physical Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.2.7 Encapsulated Physical Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.2.8 Physical Blowing Agent by Foam Type and Application\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Chemical Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Selection Criteria for Chemical Blowing Agent\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Exothermic CBA\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Endothermic CBA\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Endo\/Exo Blends\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Expanded Polystyrene: Development, Processing, Applications and Key Issues (Andrew Barnetson, BPF)\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Development of Expanded Polystyrene (EPS)\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Manufacture of Expanded Polystyrene Mouldings\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Applications for Expanded Polystyrene Packaging\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Packaging\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Construction\u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 Other Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4 Novel Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Properties of EPS\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Mechanical Performance\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Thermal Insulation\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Chemical Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Recent Research on Properties of EPS: Value for Fruit and Vegetables\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Global Structure of Markets and Companies\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Europe\u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Asia\u003cbr\u003e3.5.3 USA\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Key Issues Facing the EPS Industry\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Fire\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Recycling\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Alternatives to Mechanical Recycling\u003cbr\u003eFurther Information \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Rigid Polyurethane Foams (David Eaves, Independent Consultant)\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Materials\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Polyols\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Isocyanates\u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Other Additives\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Manufacturing Processes for Rigid Polyurethane Foam\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Recycling Processes for Rigid Polyurethane Foam\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Properties of Rigid Polyurethane Foams\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.6.1 Applications in Construction\u003cbr\u003e4.6.2 Applications in the Appliance Industry\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Flexible Polyurethane Foam (Tyler Housel, Inolex Chemical Company)\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Chemistry\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Starting Materials\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Isocyanate\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Polyol\u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Water\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Surfactant\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 Catalyst\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6 Colorants\u003cbr\u003e5.3.7 Antioxidants\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8 Light Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.9 Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e5.3.10 Adhesion Promoters\u003cbr\u003e5.3.11 Other Additives\u003cbr\u003e5.4 The Foaming Process\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Raw Material Conditioning\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Mixing\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Growth\u003cbr\u003e5.4.4 Cell Opening\u003cbr\u003e5.4.5 Cure\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Manufacturing Equipment\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Storage and Delivery\u003cbr\u003e5.5.2 Mixing\u003cbr\u003e5.5.3 Foam Rise and Cure\u003cbr\u003e5.5.4 Innovations\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Foam Characterisation\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 Density\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2 Hardness\u003cbr\u003e5.6.3 Resilience\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4 Porosity\u003cbr\u003e5.6.5 Strength Properties\u003cbr\u003e5.6.6 Cell Structure\u003cbr\u003e5.6.7 Environmental Stability\u003cbr\u003e5.6.8 Fatigue\u003cbr\u003e5.6.9 Compression Set\u003cbr\u003e5.6.10 Flammability\u003cbr\u003e5.7 FPF Markets\u003cbr\u003e5.7.1 Transportation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.2 Comfort\u003cbr\u003e5.7.3 Carpet Cushion\u003cbr\u003e5.7.4 Packaging\u003cbr\u003e5.7.5 Specialty Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.8 Environmental Issues\u003cbr\u003e5.9 Organisations\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Rigid PVC Foam (Noreen Thomas, University of Loughborough)\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Foam Extrusion\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Basic Principles\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Extrusion Processes\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Effect of Processing Conditions\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Foam Formulation Technology\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Processing Aids\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Type of PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e6.3.5 Lubricants\u003cbr\u003e6.3.6 Typical Formulations\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Novel Processes and Applications\u003cbr\u003e6.5.1 Recycling\u003cbr\u003e6.5.2 Microcellular Foam\u003cbr\u003e6.5.3 Foamed Composites\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Summary\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Flexible PVC Foams (Chris Howick, EVC)\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Flexible Foam Types and PVC Types\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Flexible Foams Based on Suspension PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Flexible Foams Based on Dispersion or Paste Resins\u003cbr\u003e7.2.3 Chemically Blown Foams from PVC Plastisols: Fundamentals\u003cbr\u003e7.2.4 PVC Resins used in Plastisol Foam Formation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.5 Mineral Fillers\u003cbr\u003e7.2.6 Pigments\u003cbr\u003e7.2.7 Liquid Plasticiser\u003cbr\u003e7.2.8 Blowing Agent Type and Level\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Products Utilising Foamed Plastisols\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Floorings and Carpet Backings\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Wallcoverings\u003cbr\u003e7.3.3 Synthetic Leather\u003cbr\u003e7.3.4 General Foams\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8 Polyolefin Foams (David Eaves, Independent Consultant)\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Manufacturing Processes and Materials\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Extruded Non-Crosslinked Foam\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Expanded (Non-Crosslinked) Polyolefin Beads\u003cbr\u003e8.2.3 Extruded Crosslinked Foam - Processes\u003cbr\u003e8.2.4 Press Moulded Crosslinked Foam Process\u003cbr\u003e8.2.5 Injection Moulded Foam Process\u003cbr\u003e8.2.6 The Nitrogen Autoclave Process\u003cbr\u003e8.2.7 Recycling Processes\u003cbr\u003e8.2.8 Post Manufacturing Operations\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Properties of Polyolefin Foams\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Foam Specifications\u003cbr\u003e8.5.1 Packaging\u003cbr\u003e8.5.2 Automotive\u003cbr\u003e8.5.3 Furnishings\u003cbr\u003e8.5.4 Buoyancy\u003cbr\u003e8.5.5 Aerospace\u003cbr\u003e8.5.6 Construction\u003cbr\u003e8.5.7 Toys\u003cbr\u003e8.5.8 Food contact\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Markets\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9 Latex Foam (Rani Joseph, Cochin University)\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Dunlop Process\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Batch Process\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Selecting a Formulation for Latex Compounds\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Selection of Other Compounding Ingredients\u003cbr\u003e9.2.4 Continuous Process for Latex Foam Production\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Talalay Process\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Trouble Shooting in Latex Foam Manufacture\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Testing\u003cbr\u003e9.5.1 Compression Set\u003cbr\u003e9.5.2 Indentation Hardness\u003cbr\u003e9.5.3 Flexing Resistance\u003cbr\u003e9.5.4 Density\u003cbr\u003e9.5.5 Metallic Impurities\u003cbr\u003e9.6 Important Uses of Latex Foam\u003cbr\u003e9.6.1 Transportation\u003cbr\u003e9.6.2 Furniture\u003cbr\u003e9.6.3 Special Uses\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10 Microcellular Foams (Vipin Kumar, University of Washington \u0026amp; Krishna Nadella, University of Washington)\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Processing of Microcellular Foams\u003cbr\u003e10.2.1 The Solid-State Batch Process\u003cbr\u003e10.2.2 The Semi-Continuous Process\u003cbr\u003e10.2.3 Extrusion and other Processing Methods\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Properties of Microcellular Foams\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Current Research Directions\u003cbr\u003e10.4.1 Microcellular Materials for Construction\u003cbr\u003e11.4.2 Open-Cell (Porous) Microcellular Foams\u003cbr\u003e10.4.3 Sub-Micron Foams and Nanofoams\u003cbr\u003e10.5 Commercial Opportunities\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDavid Eaves studied polymer chemistry at the University in Birmingham and completed his doctorate in 1958. He then joined Dunlop in their Central Research and Development Laboratories in Birmingham, later going out to Ireland (Cork) and Japan (Kobe) to establish and manage overseas satellite research centres. In 1984 he left Dunlop and joined BP Chemicals' polyethylene foam operation in Croydon as Technical Manager. He was part of the management buy-out team in 1992 when the company was renamed 'Zotefoams', and retired in 1998 as Technical Director. He has published many papers on aspects of polymer and polymer foam technology and is the author of the Rapra report 'Polymer Foams: Trends in Use and Technology.","published_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:18-04:00","created_at":"2017-06-22T21:13:19-04:00","vendor":"Chemtec Publishing","type":"Book","tags":["2004","aerospace","automotive","blends","blowing agents","book","construction","fire","foams","food","furnishing","hydrocarbons","inert gases","insulation","molding","moulding","p-structural","packaging","polymer","polymers","polystyrene","properties","recycling","structure","toys"],"price":19000,"price_min":19000,"price_max":19000,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":null,"compare_at_price_min":0,"compare_at_price_max":0,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":43378350212,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":true,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Handbook of Polymer Foams","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":19000,"weight":1000,"compare_at_price":null,"inventory_quantity":-1,"inventory_management":null,"inventory_policy":"continue","barcode":"978-1-85957-388-6","requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_allocations":[]}],"images":["\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-388-4.jpg?v=1499442663"],"featured_image":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-388-4.jpg?v=1499442663","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":355732226141,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.701,"height":499,"width":350,"src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-388-4.jpg?v=1499442663"},"aspect_ratio":0.701,"height":499,"media_type":"image","src":"\/\/chemtec.org\/cdn\/shop\/products\/978-1-85957-388-4.jpg?v=1499442663","width":350}],"requires_selling_plan":false,"selling_plan_groups":[],"content":"\u003ch5\u003eDescription\u003c\/h5\u003e\nAuthor: David Eaves \u003cbr\u003eISBN 978-1-85957-388-6 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003epages 274\n\u003ch5\u003eSummary\u003c\/h5\u003e\nThe use of polymer foams is extremely widespread. Indeed, it is hard to think of any industries where polymer foams do not have a part to play. They can be found for example in sports and leisure products, in military applications, in vehicles, in aircraft, and in the home. Most people will encounter polymer foams every day in one form or another, whether it be in furniture, in packaging, in their car, in refrigerator insulation, or in some other common application. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAlthough naturally occurring polymer foams have been known for a long time, (e.g., sponges, cork), synthetic polymer foams have only been introduced to the market over the last fifty years or so. The development of a new polymer has usually been quickly followed by its production in an expanded or foam form owing to the unique and useful properties, which can be realised in the expanded state. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis Handbook reviews the chemistry, manufacturing methods, properties and applications of the synthetic polymer foams used in most applications. In addition, a chapter is included on the fundamental principles, which apply to all polymer foams. There is also a chapter on the blowing agents used to expand polymers, blowing agents having undergone considerable change and development in recent years in order to meet the requirements of the Montreal Protocol in relation to the reduction and elimination of chloroflurocarbons (CFC) and other ozone depleting agents. A chapter is also included on microcellular foams - a relatively new development where applications are still being explored. Most chapters have references to facilitate further exploration of the topics. The chapters are all written by experts in the field. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book will be of interest to those just embarking upon an exploration of the subject of foams, whether in industry or academia. But this will be equally useful to those already working in the field, who need to know about different types of foam.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/h5\u003e\nPreface \u003cbr\u003e1 Foam Fundamentals (David Eaves, Independent Consultant)\u003cbr\u003e1.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e1.2 Foam Structure\u003cbr\u003e1.3 Foam Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.3.1 Compression Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.3.2 Energy Absorption Properties\u003cbr\u003e1.3.3 Thermal Properties\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 Blowing Agents (Sachida Singh, Huntsman Polyurethanes)\u003cbr\u003e2.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e2.2 Physical Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.2.1 Selection Criteria for Physical Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.2.2 Halogenated Hydrocarbons\u003cbr\u003e2.2.3 Hydrocarbons (HC)\u003cbr\u003e2.2.4 Inert Gases\u003cbr\u003e2.2.5 Other Physical Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.2.6 Blends of Physical Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.2.7 Encapsulated Physical Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.2.8 Physical Blowing Agent by Foam Type and Application\u003cbr\u003e2.3 Chemical Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e2.3.1 Selection Criteria for Chemical Blowing Agent\u003cbr\u003e2.3.2 Exothermic CBA\u003cbr\u003e2.3.3 Endothermic CBA\u003cbr\u003e2.3.4 Endo\/Exo Blends\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 Expanded Polystyrene: Development, Processing, Applications and Key Issues (Andrew Barnetson, BPF)\u003cbr\u003e3.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e3.1.1 Development of Expanded Polystyrene (EPS)\u003cbr\u003e3.2 Manufacture of Expanded Polystyrene Mouldings\u003cbr\u003e3.3 Applications for Expanded Polystyrene Packaging\u003cbr\u003e3.3.1 Packaging\u003cbr\u003e3.3.2 Construction\u003cbr\u003e3.3.3 Other Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.3.4 Novel Applications\u003cbr\u003e3.4 Properties of EPS\u003cbr\u003e3.4.1 Mechanical Performance\u003cbr\u003e3.4.2 Thermal Insulation\u003cbr\u003e3.4.3 Chemical Properties\u003cbr\u003e3.4.4 Recent Research on Properties of EPS: Value for Fruit and Vegetables\u003cbr\u003e3.5 Global Structure of Markets and Companies\u003cbr\u003e3.5.1 Europe\u003cbr\u003e3.5.2 Asia\u003cbr\u003e3.5.3 USA\u003cbr\u003e3.6 Key Issues Facing the EPS Industry\u003cbr\u003e3.6.1 Fire\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Recycling\u003cbr\u003e3.6.2 Alternatives to Mechanical Recycling\u003cbr\u003eFurther Information \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Rigid Polyurethane Foams (David Eaves, Independent Consultant)\u003cbr\u003e4.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e4.2 Materials\u003cbr\u003e4.2.1 Polyols\u003cbr\u003e4.2.2 Isocyanates\u003cbr\u003e4.2.3 Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e4.2.4 Other Additives\u003cbr\u003e4.3 Manufacturing Processes for Rigid Polyurethane Foam\u003cbr\u003e4.4 Recycling Processes for Rigid Polyurethane Foam\u003cbr\u003e4.5 Properties of Rigid Polyurethane Foams\u003cbr\u003e4.6 Applications\u003cbr\u003e4.6.1 Applications in Construction\u003cbr\u003e4.6.2 Applications in the Appliance Industry\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 Flexible Polyurethane Foam (Tyler Housel, Inolex Chemical Company)\u003cbr\u003e5.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e5.2 Chemistry\u003cbr\u003e5.3 Starting Materials\u003cbr\u003e5.3.1 Isocyanate\u003cbr\u003e5.3.2 Polyol\u003cbr\u003e5.3.3 Water\u003cbr\u003e5.3.4 Surfactant\u003cbr\u003e5.3.5 Catalyst\u003cbr\u003e5.3.6 Colorants\u003cbr\u003e5.3.7 Antioxidants\u003cbr\u003e5.3.8 Light Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e5.3.9 Flame Retardants\u003cbr\u003e5.3.10 Adhesion Promoters\u003cbr\u003e5.3.11 Other Additives\u003cbr\u003e5.4 The Foaming Process\u003cbr\u003e5.4.1 Raw Material Conditioning\u003cbr\u003e5.4.2 Mixing\u003cbr\u003e5.4.3 Growth\u003cbr\u003e5.4.4 Cell Opening\u003cbr\u003e5.4.5 Cure\u003cbr\u003e5.5 Manufacturing Equipment\u003cbr\u003e5.5.1 Storage and Delivery\u003cbr\u003e5.5.2 Mixing\u003cbr\u003e5.5.3 Foam Rise and Cure\u003cbr\u003e5.5.4 Innovations\u003cbr\u003e5.6 Foam Characterisation\u003cbr\u003e5.6.1 Density\u003cbr\u003e5.6.2 Hardness\u003cbr\u003e5.6.3 Resilience\u003cbr\u003e5.6.4 Porosity\u003cbr\u003e5.6.5 Strength Properties\u003cbr\u003e5.6.6 Cell Structure\u003cbr\u003e5.6.7 Environmental Stability\u003cbr\u003e5.6.8 Fatigue\u003cbr\u003e5.6.9 Compression Set\u003cbr\u003e5.6.10 Flammability\u003cbr\u003e5.7 FPF Markets\u003cbr\u003e5.7.1 Transportation\u003cbr\u003e5.7.2 Comfort\u003cbr\u003e5.7.3 Carpet Cushion\u003cbr\u003e5.7.4 Packaging\u003cbr\u003e5.7.5 Specialty Applications\u003cbr\u003e5.8 Environmental Issues\u003cbr\u003e5.9 Organisations\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Rigid PVC Foam (Noreen Thomas, University of Loughborough)\u003cbr\u003e6.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e6.2 Foam Extrusion\u003cbr\u003e6.2.1 Basic Principles\u003cbr\u003e6.2.2 Extrusion Processes\u003cbr\u003e6.2.3 Effect of Processing Conditions\u003cbr\u003e6.3 Foam Formulation Technology\u003cbr\u003e6.3.1 Blowing Agents\u003cbr\u003e6.3.2 Processing Aids\u003cbr\u003e6.3.3 Type of PVC\u003cbr\u003e6.3.4 Stabilisers\u003cbr\u003e6.3.5 Lubricants\u003cbr\u003e6.3.6 Typical Formulations\u003cbr\u003e6.4 Properties\u003cbr\u003e6.5 Novel Processes and Applications\u003cbr\u003e6.5.1 Recycling\u003cbr\u003e6.5.2 Microcellular Foam\u003cbr\u003e6.5.3 Foamed Composites\u003cbr\u003e6.6 Summary\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7 Flexible PVC Foams (Chris Howick, EVC)\u003cbr\u003e7.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e7.2 Flexible Foam Types and PVC Types\u003cbr\u003e7.2.1 Flexible Foams Based on Suspension PVC\u003cbr\u003e7.2.2 Flexible Foams Based on Dispersion or Paste Resins\u003cbr\u003e7.2.3 Chemically Blown Foams from PVC Plastisols: Fundamentals\u003cbr\u003e7.2.4 PVC Resins used in Plastisol Foam Formation\u003cbr\u003e7.2.5 Mineral Fillers\u003cbr\u003e7.2.6 Pigments\u003cbr\u003e7.2.7 Liquid Plasticiser\u003cbr\u003e7.2.8 Blowing Agent Type and Level\u003cbr\u003e7.3 Products Utilising Foamed Plastisols\u003cbr\u003e7.3.1 Floorings and Carpet Backings\u003cbr\u003e7.3.2 Wallcoverings\u003cbr\u003e7.3.3 Synthetic Leather\u003cbr\u003e7.3.4 General Foams\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e8 Polyolefin Foams (David Eaves, Independent Consultant)\u003cbr\u003e8.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e8.2 Manufacturing Processes and Materials\u003cbr\u003e8.2.1 Extruded Non-Crosslinked Foam\u003cbr\u003e8.2.2 Expanded (Non-Crosslinked) Polyolefin Beads\u003cbr\u003e8.2.3 Extruded Crosslinked Foam - Processes\u003cbr\u003e8.2.4 Press Moulded Crosslinked Foam Process\u003cbr\u003e8.2.5 Injection Moulded Foam Process\u003cbr\u003e8.2.6 The Nitrogen Autoclave Process\u003cbr\u003e8.2.7 Recycling Processes\u003cbr\u003e8.2.8 Post Manufacturing Operations\u003cbr\u003e8.3 Properties of Polyolefin Foams\u003cbr\u003e8.4 Applications\u003cbr\u003e8.5 Foam Specifications\u003cbr\u003e8.5.1 Packaging\u003cbr\u003e8.5.2 Automotive\u003cbr\u003e8.5.3 Furnishings\u003cbr\u003e8.5.4 Buoyancy\u003cbr\u003e8.5.5 Aerospace\u003cbr\u003e8.5.6 Construction\u003cbr\u003e8.5.7 Toys\u003cbr\u003e8.5.8 Food contact\u003cbr\u003e8.6 Markets\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9 Latex Foam (Rani Joseph, Cochin University)\u003cbr\u003e9.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e9.2 Dunlop Process\u003cbr\u003e9.2.1 Batch Process\u003cbr\u003e9.2.2 Selecting a Formulation for Latex Compounds\u003cbr\u003e9.2.3 Selection of Other Compounding Ingredients\u003cbr\u003e9.2.4 Continuous Process for Latex Foam Production\u003cbr\u003e9.3 Talalay Process\u003cbr\u003e9.4 Trouble Shooting in Latex Foam Manufacture\u003cbr\u003e9.5 Testing\u003cbr\u003e9.5.1 Compression Set\u003cbr\u003e9.5.2 Indentation Hardness\u003cbr\u003e9.5.3 Flexing Resistance\u003cbr\u003e9.5.4 Density\u003cbr\u003e9.5.5 Metallic Impurities\u003cbr\u003e9.6 Important Uses of Latex Foam\u003cbr\u003e9.6.1 Transportation\u003cbr\u003e9.6.2 Furniture\u003cbr\u003e9.6.3 Special Uses\u003cbr\u003eReferences \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10 Microcellular Foams (Vipin Kumar, University of Washington \u0026amp; Krishna Nadella, University of Washington)\u003cbr\u003e10.1 Introduction\u003cbr\u003e10.2 Processing of Microcellular Foams\u003cbr\u003e10.2.1 The Solid-State Batch Process\u003cbr\u003e10.2.2 The Semi-Continuous Process\u003cbr\u003e10.2.3 Extrusion and other Processing Methods\u003cbr\u003e10.3 Properties of Microcellular Foams\u003cbr\u003e10.4 Current Research Directions\u003cbr\u003e10.4.1 Microcellular Materials for Construction\u003cbr\u003e11.4.2 Open-Cell (Porous) Microcellular Foams\u003cbr\u003e10.4.3 Sub-Micron Foams and Nanofoams\u003cbr\u003e10.5 Commercial Opportunities\u003cbr\u003eReferences\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eAbout Author\u003c\/h5\u003e\nDavid Eaves studied polymer chemistry at the University in Birmingham and completed his doctorate in 1958. He then joined Dunlop in their Central Research and Development Laboratories in Birmingham, later going out to Ireland (Cork) and Japan (Kobe) to establish and manage overseas satellite research centres. In 1984 he left Dunlop and joined BP Chemicals' polyethylene foam operation in Croydon as Technical Manager. He was part of the management buy-out team in 1992 when the company was renamed 'Zotefoams', and retired in 1998 as Technical Director. He has published many papers on aspects of polymer and polymer foam technology and is the author of the Rapra report 'Polymer Foams: Trends in Use and Technology."}